MERLIN LEGEND® Communications System ... - users.757.org
MERLIN LEGEND® Communications System ... - users.757.org
MERLIN LEGEND® Communications System ... - users.757.org
Create successful ePaper yourself
Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND ®<br />
<strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong><br />
Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference<br />
555-670-116<br />
Comcode 108370305<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999
Copyright © 1999, Lucent Technologies Document 555-670-116<br />
All Rights Reserved Comcode 108370305<br />
Printed in USA Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
Notice<br />
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information in this<br />
guide is complete and accurate at the time of printing. Information,<br />
however, is subject to change. See Appendix A, “Customer Support<br />
Information,” in <strong>System</strong> Programming, for important information.<br />
Your Responsibility for Your <strong>System</strong>’s Security<br />
Toll fraud is the unauthorized use of your telecommunications<br />
system by an unauthorized party—for example, persons other than<br />
your company’s employees, agents, subcontractors, or persons<br />
working on your company’s behalf. Note that there may be a risk of<br />
toll fraud associated with your telecommunications system, and, if<br />
toll fraud occurs, it can result in substantial additional charges for<br />
your telecommunications services.<br />
You and your system manager are responsible for the security of<br />
your system, such as programming and configuring your<br />
equipment to prevent unauthorized use. The system manager is<br />
also responsible for reading all installation, instruction, and system<br />
administration documents provided with this product in order to fully<br />
understand the features that can introduce risk of toll fraud and the<br />
steps that can be taken to reduce that risk. Lucent Technologies<br />
does not warrant that this product is immune from or will prevent<br />
unauthorized use of common-carrier telecommunication services<br />
or facilities accessed through or connected to it. Lucent<br />
Technologies will not be responsible for any charges that result<br />
from such unauthorized use. For important information regarding<br />
your system and toll fraud, see Appendix A, “Customer Support<br />
Information,” in <strong>System</strong> Programming.<br />
Federal <strong>Communications</strong> Commission Statement<br />
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits<br />
for a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules.<br />
These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against<br />
harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a<br />
commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can<br />
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in<br />
accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful<br />
interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment<br />
in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which<br />
case the user will be required to correct the interference at their<br />
own expense. For further FCC information, see Appendix A,<br />
“Customer Support Information,” in <strong>System</strong> Programming.
Canadian Department of <strong>Communications</strong> (DOC)<br />
Interference Information<br />
This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class A limits for radio<br />
noise emissions set out in the radio interference<br />
regulations of the Canadian Department of <strong>Communications</strong>.<br />
Le Présent Appareil Numérique n’émet pas de bruits<br />
radioélectriques dépassant les limites applicables aux appareils<br />
numériques de la classe A préscrites dans le réglement sur le<br />
brouillage radioélectrique édicté par le ministère des<br />
<strong>Communications</strong> du Canada.<br />
Year 2000 Compliance<br />
The <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> is certified to be<br />
Year 2000 compliant. Additional information on this certification,<br />
and other issues regarding Year 2000 compliance, is available<br />
online at http://www.lucent.com/<br />
enterprise/sig/yr2000.<br />
Trademarks<br />
5ESS, AUDIX, CONVERSANT, CentreVu, DEFINITY, Magic On<br />
Hold, <strong>MERLIN</strong>, <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND, <strong>MERLIN</strong> Mail, PARTNER,<br />
PassageWay, MLX-10, MLX-10D, MLX-10DP, MLX-16DP, MLX-<br />
20L, MLX-28D, MLS-6, MLS-12, MLS-12D, MLS-18D, MLS-34D,<br />
SYSTIMAX, TransTalk, and Voice Power are registered trademarks<br />
and 4ESS, Intuity, Lucent Technologies, and Prologix are<br />
trademarks of Lucent Technologies in the US and other countries.<br />
Acculink, ACCUNET, MEGACOM, MulitiQuest, MLX-5, MLX-5D,<br />
and NetPROTECT are registered trademarks of AT&T.<br />
Microsoft, Windows, Windows NT, and MS-DOS are registered<br />
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.<br />
ProComm and ProComm Plus are registered trademarks of<br />
DataStorm Technologies, Inc.<br />
Supra, Supra NC, StarSet, and Mirage are registered trademarks<br />
of Plantronics, Inc.<br />
UNIX is a registered trademark of UNIX <strong>System</strong> Laboratories, Inc.<br />
PagePac is a registered trademark and Powermate and Zonemate<br />
are trademarks of DRACON, a division of Harris Corporation.<br />
Okidata is a registered trademark of Okidata Corporation.<br />
Pipeline is a trademark of Ascend <strong>Communications</strong>, Inc.<br />
Intel and Pentium are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation.<br />
Apple and Macintosh are registered trademarks of Apple<br />
Computer, Inc.<br />
IBM is a registered trademark of International Business Machines,<br />
Inc.<br />
Novell and NetWare are registered trademarks of Novell<br />
Corporation.<br />
CLASS is a servicemark of Bellcore.
Ordering Information<br />
Call: BCS Publications Center<br />
Voice 1-800-457-1235 International Voice<br />
317-322-6791<br />
Fax 1-800-457-1764 International Fax<br />
317-322-6699<br />
Write: BCS Publications Center<br />
2855 North Franklin Road<br />
Indianapolis, IN 46219-1385<br />
Order: Document No. 555-670-140<br />
Comcode: 108289513<br />
Issue 1, April 1999<br />
For more information about Lucent Technologies documents, refer<br />
to the section entitled, “Related Documents” in “About This Guide.”<br />
Support Telephone Number<br />
In the continental US, Lucent Technologies provides a toll-free<br />
customer helpline 24 hours a day. Call the Lucent Technologies<br />
Helpline at 1-800-628-2888 or your Lucent Technologies<br />
authorized dealer if you need assistance when installing,<br />
programming, or using your system. Outside the continental US,<br />
contact your local Lucent Technologies authorized representative.<br />
Network Engineering Group<br />
For assistance in designing a private network, call the Network<br />
Engineering Group at 1-888-297-4700.<br />
Lucent Technologies Corporate Security<br />
Whether or not immediate support is required, all toll fraud<br />
incidents involving Lucent Technologies products or services<br />
should be reported to Lucent Technologies Corporate Security at<br />
1-800-821-8235. In addition to recording the incident, Lucent<br />
Technologies Corporate Security is available for consultation on<br />
security issues, investigation support, referral to law enforcement<br />
agencies, and educational programs.<br />
Lucent Technologies Fraud Intervention<br />
If you suspect you are being victimized by toll fraud and you need<br />
technical support or assistance, call BCS National Service<br />
Assistance Center at 1-800-628-2888.<br />
Warranty<br />
Lucent Technologies provides a limited warranty on this product.<br />
Refer to “Limited Warranty and Limitation of Liability” in Appendix<br />
A, “Customer Support Information,” in <strong>System</strong> Programming.
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Contents<br />
Release 7.0 Enhancements (April 1999) 1<br />
Release 6.1 Enhancements (August 1998) 4<br />
Release 6.0 Enhancements (February 1998) 7<br />
Release 5.0 Enhancements (June 1997) 11<br />
Release 4.2 Enhancements (June 1997) 15<br />
Release 4.1 Enhancements (June 1997) 17<br />
Release 4.0 Enhancements (March 1996) 18<br />
Release 3.1 Enhancements (March 1996) 21<br />
Release 3.0 Enhancements (August 1994) 23<br />
Release 2.1 Enhancements (August 1994) 26<br />
Release 2.0 Enhancements (October 1992) 29<br />
Release 1.1 Enhancements (October 1992) 31<br />
Design Benefits 32<br />
Environmental Specifications 33<br />
Power and Grounding 35<br />
Control Unit Interfaces 37<br />
Network Interface Requirements 38<br />
FCC Registration 38<br />
DOC Registration 38<br />
Hardware and Software Capacities 39<br />
Constraining Factors 42<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
v
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Contents<br />
Ordering Codes 45<br />
Control Unit Modules 70<br />
Adjunct Summary 80<br />
Power Supply Unit Load Requirements 90<br />
Unit Load Calculation Rules 90<br />
Unit Load Rating of <strong>System</strong> Modules 91<br />
Unit Load Rating of <strong>System</strong> Trunks,<br />
Telephones, and Adjuncts 92<br />
<strong>System</strong> Feature Availability by Operating Mode<br />
94<br />
Telephone and Operator Console Features 96<br />
Reference Documents 110<br />
Maintenance Error Codes 111<br />
Technical Addendum 111<br />
Module/Component History 126<br />
Telephone LEDs 138<br />
Wiring Constraints 141<br />
PC Connections 141<br />
Technical Support Telephone Numbers 144<br />
Feedback Form 147<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
vi
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Release 7.0 Enhancements (April 1999)<br />
Release 7.0 Enhancements (April 1999)<br />
Release 7.0 includes all Release 6.1 functionality, plus the<br />
enhancements listed below.<br />
■ MLS and Enhanced Tip/Ring (ETR) Telephone<br />
Support<br />
One of the most important new capabilities of <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />
LEGEND Release 7.0 is its support for MLS and ETR<br />
telephones, allowing existing customers with either telephones<br />
the ability to migrate to a <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong><br />
<strong>System</strong>. The MLS telephones include the MLS-6 ® , MLS-12 ® ,<br />
MLS-12D ® , MLS-18D ® , and MLS-34D ® . The ETR telephones<br />
include the ETR-6, ETR-18, ETR-18D, and ETR-34D. The<br />
Business Cordless 905 telephone and the TransTalk 9000<br />
Digital Wireless <strong>System</strong> are also supported.<br />
The MLS, ETR, and Business Cordless 905 telephones, as well<br />
as the TransTalk 9000 Digital Wireless <strong>System</strong>, require ETR<br />
station ports. To provide support for these telephones and for<br />
the TransTalk 9000 system, two new modules have been<br />
designed:<br />
— 412 LS-ID-ETR Module. The 412 LS-ID-ETR module is not<br />
available. To connect ETR and MLS telephones to a <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />
LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>, use the 016 ETR<br />
module.<br />
— 016 ETR Module. The 016 ETR module provides 16 ETR<br />
station ports, including 6 with T/R functionality and 4 TTRs.<br />
On the 016 ETR module, the first 10 ports are ETR ports<br />
only—these ports do not have T/R functionality. The<br />
remaining 6 ports (ports 11 through 16) can be programmed<br />
to support either T/R or ETR, but not both simultaneously.<br />
■ Expanded Digital Endpoint Connectivity<br />
Release 7.0 increases the maximum number of digital<br />
telephones supported from 127 to 200 by introducing a new 016<br />
MLX module. In addition, each of the 200 ports can support an<br />
MFM adjunct which increases the current 255 station endpoints<br />
to 400.<br />
— 016 MLX Module. Each 016 MLX module provides 16 digital<br />
station ports and has an additional 32K of dual port RAM.<br />
— Processor Module. The 016 MLX module can only be<br />
utilized with the CKE4 or later processor module with<br />
upgrade to R7.0 software. The CKE4 processor module<br />
provides the lead to access the additional 32K of RAM on the<br />
016 MLX module.<br />
■ Voice Announce on Idle Only Option on MLX Telephones<br />
Prior to Release 7.0, no options were available for disabling<br />
intercom voice announcements at an MLX telephone when<br />
busy. In Release 7.0, a new option—Voice Announce on IDLE<br />
ONLY—is available with the existing Voice Announce feature.<br />
This new option allows a user to receive intercom voice<br />
announcements only when they are not active on another call.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
1
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Release 7.0 Enhancements (April 1999)<br />
■ Priority Call Queuing<br />
Priority call queuing provides the ability to:<br />
— Place some callers ahead of others who are waiting for the<br />
same agent group.<br />
— Give key clients priority over others.<br />
— Automatically increase the number of agents answering calls<br />
during busy times, while continuing to offer callers the choice<br />
to leave a message instead of waiting.<br />
— Keep costs down by handling toll free calls (calls arriving on<br />
800 and 888 lines) before processing calls on local lines.<br />
Priority call queuing is accomplished in Release 7.0 by allowing<br />
you to define a supportive relationship between calling groups.<br />
Calls that arrive in one calling group can be processed by<br />
another calling group when no one from the first calling group is<br />
available to answer the call. Through system programming, a<br />
calling group can be assigned a priority level between 1<br />
(highest priority) and 32 (lowest priority) and then designated as<br />
a support group for another group.<br />
■ Calling Party Name on Caller ID<br />
Release 7.0 continues to support Calling Party Number and<br />
adds a new functionality for Calling Party Name. By<br />
programming a button on the telephone or with a feature code<br />
through centralized programming, users are able to toggle<br />
between displaying the caller’s telephone number or the caller’s<br />
name. In order to use this feature, users must subscribe to<br />
caller identification from their local exchange carrier (LEC).<br />
Calling Party Name can be 15 characters in length for MLX<br />
telephones as well as for ETR and MLS telephones. Calling<br />
Party Name is not recorded on SMDR reports. In addition,<br />
neither Calling Party Name nor Calling Party Number are<br />
displayed on analog multiline telephones.<br />
This feature requires loop-start (LS) trunks. The existing LS-ID<br />
delay feature must be programmed for each line, as well. This<br />
prevents Calling Party Number and Name information from<br />
being lost when a call is answered too quickly.<br />
Release 7.0 software also supports the Caller ID capability of<br />
the 408 GS/LS-ID-MLX module. Although previously orderable,<br />
the Caller ID capability of this module could not be used until<br />
Release 7.0 software became available.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
2
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Release 7.0 Enhancements (April 1999)<br />
■ MLX Headset Operation<br />
Headset operation in Release 7.0 has been enhanced so that<br />
MLX headset operation more closely mimics the handset<br />
operation in the following ways:<br />
— When a person is on a call using a headset and the headset<br />
auto-answer is turned on, the user hears a short ring when<br />
another call is coming in. In previous releases, this ring was<br />
not provided.<br />
— When a person receives a voice-announced call and handles<br />
the call by using a headset and turning off the speakerphone,<br />
the associated LEDs (the DSS button and the inside Auto<br />
Dial button) for that extension at other telephones are lit. In<br />
previous releases, the LEDs for that extension did not light at<br />
the other telephones.<br />
— When a reliable disconnect occurs on a headset-handled<br />
call, the associated LEDs (the DSS button and the inside<br />
Auto Dial button) for that extension at other telephones are<br />
turned off. In previous releases, the LEDs for that extension<br />
remained lit at the other telephones unless the user pressed<br />
the Headset Hangup button.<br />
■ Touch-Tone or Rotary Signaling<br />
Beginning in Release 7.0, you can program tip/ring ports to use<br />
rotary signaling. You can program any tip/ring port on an<br />
individual basis (including ports on the 412 LS-ID-ETR and 016<br />
ETR modules that are programmed for tip/ring operation). The<br />
factory setting is that rotary signaling is disabled.<br />
Whenever the system receives a rotary digit on a port, it<br />
determines if the port is programmed as rotary-enabled. If the<br />
port is rotary-enabled, the system processes the digit. If the port<br />
is not rotary-enabled, the digit is rejected. Touch-tone digits are<br />
always accepted by the port, regardless if it is rotary-enabled or<br />
not.<br />
■ Abandoned Call Information Reported to<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Reporter<br />
For abandoned calls, you are now able to identify the queue or<br />
the agent where the call was abandoned. The <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />
LEGEND Release 7.0 software has been modified so that either<br />
of the following occurs:<br />
— If the caller hangs up while the call is in queue, the Auto<br />
Login/Logout Group ID is entered into the Station Message<br />
Detail Recording (SMDR) record.<br />
— If the caller hangs up while the call is ringing at a group<br />
member’s extension, that group member’s extension number<br />
is entered into the SMDR record.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
3
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Release 6.1 Enhancements (August 1998)<br />
Release 6.1 Enhancements (August 1998)<br />
Release 6.1 includes all Release 6.0 functionality plus the<br />
enhancements listed below.<br />
■ Private Networking<br />
Release 6.1 enhances the functioning of the networked<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> in a number of<br />
ways:<br />
— Centralized Voice Messaging<br />
— Group Calling Enhancements<br />
— Transfer Redirect<br />
— Direct Station Selector<br />
— Call Forwarding<br />
— SMDR<br />
— Decrease in Call Set-Up Time<br />
— PRI Switch Type Test<br />
■ Centralized Voice Messaging<br />
One or more <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>System</strong>s (Release 6.1 or later)<br />
can share the voice messaging system (VMS) of another<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>System</strong>, provided the systems are directly<br />
connected to the system with the VMS. In this configuration, the<br />
system containing the VMS is known as the hub. This sharing of<br />
the VMS is called Centralized Voice Messaging. Centralized<br />
Voice Messaging includes the functions of voice mail,<br />
Automated Attendant, and fax messaging. See the Network<br />
Reference for detailed information about Centralized Voice<br />
Messaging.<br />
Centralized Voice Messaging offers the following benefits:<br />
— Private-networked <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>System</strong>s do not need a<br />
local VMS. Having systems use a centralized VMS instead of<br />
separate VMSs is more economical.<br />
— Users who travel between sites can dial the same digits<br />
anywhere in the private network to access the voice<br />
messaging system. For example, a salesperson<br />
headquartered in Cincinnati can dial the same four digits at<br />
the company’s Los Angeles office to retrieve voice<br />
messages.<br />
— Productivity is enhanced because messages can be<br />
forwarded and broadcast to all personnel within the private<br />
network.<br />
— Calling groups on networked systems can send overflow<br />
coverage to a shared VMS, so that an incoming caller can<br />
leave a message instead of waiting in a queue.<br />
— The VMS can light the Message Waiting lights on multiple<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>System</strong>s in a private network. This<br />
greater efficiency saves time because a user only has to look<br />
at his or her telephone to determine if he or she has a<br />
message.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
4
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Release 6.1 Enhancements (August 1998)<br />
■ Group Calling Enhancements<br />
A calling group can have a single non-local member that is<br />
defined by the Uniform Dial Plan and exists on another <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />
LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> connected by a tandem<br />
trunk to the local system. If a calling group contains a non-local<br />
member, the non-local member must be the only member in the<br />
calling group. See the Network Reference for details.<br />
A calling group containing a single non-local member can be<br />
used for the same purposes as a calling group containing local<br />
extensions, including:<br />
— Night Service. Night Service coverage can be provided<br />
across a private network to a centralized Automated<br />
Attendant, a non-local calling group, a QCC queue, a DLC,<br />
or any individual extension on the remote system, such as a<br />
night bell.<br />
— Group Coverage. Group Coverage can be provided across<br />
a private network to a VMS, a non-local calling group, a QCC<br />
queue, a DLC, or any individual extension on the remote<br />
system.<br />
— Calling Group Overflow Coverage. Calling group overflow<br />
coverage can be provided by a centralized VMS, a non-local<br />
calling group, a QCC queue, a DLC, or any individual<br />
extension on the remote system.<br />
— Calls Directed to Another <strong>System</strong>. Lines connected to<br />
remote systems can be answered by any extension<br />
programmed to answer the call, such as a centralized<br />
Automated Attendant or a system operator (QCC or DLC).<br />
■ Transfer Redirect<br />
When an Automated Attendant transfers a call to a non-local<br />
extension, the transferring <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>System</strong> monitors<br />
the call to ensure that it is answered. If the non-local extension<br />
is not available, or the call is not answered within the transfer<br />
redirect timeout period (fixed at 32 seconds), the call stops<br />
ringing at the non-local destination and is redirected to the<br />
extension on the same system as the Automated Attendant that<br />
is programmed to receive redirected calls. This redirect<br />
extension can be a QCC queue, a calling group, or an individual<br />
extension.<br />
■ Direct Station Selector<br />
Now users can press a Direct Station Selector (DSS) button for<br />
a non-local extension to make or transfer calls to that extension.<br />
No busy indication, however, is displayed by the DSS for nonlocal<br />
extensions.<br />
■ Call Forwarding<br />
The Forward feature now can be used to send calls to non-local<br />
extensions across the private network.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
5
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Release 6.1 Enhancements (August 1998)<br />
■ SMDR<br />
In addition to SMDR options for non-network calls placed to and<br />
from the local system, system managers now can program<br />
SMDR to log incoming and outgoing UDP calls, or they can<br />
choose to log no UDP calls. The factory setting is to record all<br />
UDP calls.<br />
Customers who use a call accounting system may not want to<br />
fill the database with calls coming and going across the private<br />
network. These customers may choose not to log UDP calls.<br />
■ Decrease in Call Setup Time<br />
The setup time for a call across a private network has been<br />
reduced by programming the number of UDP digits expected.<br />
■ PRI Switch Type Test<br />
A new maintenance test, the PRI Switch Type Test, has been<br />
created to allow Lucent Technologies technicians or authorized<br />
dealers to automatically determine if each end of the PRI<br />
tandem trunks has been programmed correctly. The test works<br />
for directly connected <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>System</strong>s, not for<br />
DEFINITY ® systems.<br />
For a PRI tandem trunk to operate correctly between two<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>System</strong>s, one system must have the PRI<br />
Switch Type set to Network, and the other system must have<br />
the PRI Switch Type set to PBX. If both ends of the PRI tandem<br />
trunk are programmed the same, problems occur in the<br />
communications between the two systems.<br />
■ Service Observing<br />
Service Observing allows one extension to listen in on<br />
(observe) a call at another extension. A typical application of<br />
this feature is that of a Customer Service supervisor observing<br />
how a Customer Service representative handles calls.<br />
The Service Observing group can listen to anywhere from one<br />
extension to all extensions in the system, including other<br />
Service Observers. Up to 16 Service Observing groups can be<br />
programmed. The Service Observer and the observed<br />
extension must be on the same system.<br />
The observer activates Service Observing either by pressing a<br />
Service Observing button and then dialing an extension<br />
number, or by pressing a DSS or Auto Intercom button. The<br />
Service Observer must use an MLX telephone to observe an<br />
extension; the telephone at the observed extension can be of<br />
any type.<br />
A warning tone that alerts the observer, the observed extension,<br />
and the caller that Service Observing is occurring can be set to<br />
on or off through <strong>System</strong> Programming. The factory setting is<br />
on.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
6
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Release 6.0 Enhancements (February 1998)<br />
■ WinSPM<br />
The <strong>System</strong> Programming and Maintenance (SPM) software is<br />
now available in a Windows format called WinSPM. For R6.1<br />
and later systems, WinSPM provides a graphical user interface<br />
(GUI) for those tasks most commonly performed by the system<br />
manager. Pictorial representations of system components, such<br />
as modules and their vintages and the creation of MLX<br />
telephone button labels appear on WinSPM. Supported in<br />
Windows 95, Windows NT, and Windows 98, WinSPM is also<br />
backwards-compatible with previous DOS versions of SPM and<br />
is available on CD-ROM.<br />
■ Windows NT Driver<br />
The <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Windows NT PBX driver is available in<br />
R6.1. When coupled with the CentreVU Telephony Services<br />
application, the driver provides true server-based Computer<br />
Telephony Integration (CTI). The new driver requires a <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />
LEGEND <strong>System</strong> of Release 5.0 or later and servers and PCs<br />
that support the applications.<br />
Release 6.0 Enhancements (February 1998)<br />
Release 6.0 includes all Release 5.0 functionality, plus the<br />
enhancements listed below.<br />
■ Private Networks<br />
In Hybrid/PBX mode systems only, <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND<br />
<strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>s can be networked with one another<br />
or with DEFINITY Enterprise <strong>Communications</strong> Server (ECS)<br />
and ProLogix <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>s in private networks.<br />
In previous releases, this functionality is available using tie<br />
lines, but users handle calls between networked switches as<br />
outside calls. In this release, dialing the pool access code is not<br />
necessary for a call going from one networked switch to<br />
another. Also, delay-start tie trunks or T1 trunks administered as<br />
PRI can act as tandem trunks to connect networked systems.<br />
Available for Hybrid/PBX mode systems, the private network<br />
features of the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong><br />
Release 6.0 provide the following advantages for<br />
geographically dispersed organizational sites:<br />
— Intersystem Calling. In a private network, users on one<br />
local system can call extensions on other systems in the<br />
network. Release 6.0 can support 2-, 3-, 4-, or 5-digit dial<br />
plans. They dial these extensions as inside calls. To<br />
implement this function, the system manager programs the<br />
extension ranges of remote networked switches to create a<br />
non-local dial plan. This programming does not actually<br />
affect numbering on the remote system. To correctly set up<br />
systems for transparent calling among non-local dial plan<br />
extensions, the system manager assigns networking tie and/<br />
or PRI tandem trunks to pools. Then he or she programs up<br />
to 20 patterns, associated routes, Facility Restriction Levels<br />
(FRLs), digit absorption, and digit prepending. This allows<br />
ARS-like routing of non-local dial plan calls. In addition,<br />
system managers can control whether calling name, calling<br />
number, or both are shown at MLX display telephones for<br />
incoming calls across PRI tandem trunks.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
7
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Release 6.0 Enhancements (February 1998)<br />
— Toll Savings. Private networked trunks may allow you to<br />
realize significant cost savings on long-distance and toll calls<br />
by performing tandem switching in the following two ways:<br />
— Callers on a local system, or individuals dialing in to<br />
remote access at a local system, can reach the public<br />
switched telephone network (PSTN) via outside trunks<br />
connected to other systems in a private network, avoiding<br />
toll charges or decreasing the cost of toll calls. No special<br />
dialing is required. For example, an organization might<br />
have a main office in Boston and a subsidiary office in<br />
New Jersey connected by networked private tandem<br />
trunks between two systems. A user in the New Jersey<br />
office who wishes to make an outside call to the 617 area<br />
code (Boston) can do so through a line/trunk connected to<br />
the system in Boston. For example, he or she might dial,<br />
916175551211. The local ARS tables would route this<br />
call over the private networked trunks and use the ARS<br />
tables of the remote system in Boston to route this call.<br />
The system managers at each end of a private network set<br />
up ARS and Remote Access features to implement this<br />
functionality.<br />
— In addition, local organizations or incoming DID calls use<br />
private networked trunks to make intersystem calls<br />
between networked systems, which may be<br />
geographically distant from one another, also resulting in<br />
toll savings.<br />
— Service Cost Savings. In addition to toll call savings, there<br />
are two ways that organizations can save on service costs<br />
incurred from telecommunications providers that provide<br />
public switched telephone network access:<br />
— You order a point to point T1 facility from a service<br />
provider, then use system programming to set it up for PRI<br />
signalling. As necessary, a service provider can provide<br />
amplification on the T1 facility, but does not supply<br />
switching services.<br />
— You can tailor your use of PRI B-channels with drop-andinsert<br />
equipment that allows fractional use of B-channels<br />
for dedicated data/video communications between<br />
systems at speeds greater than 64 kbps per channel or<br />
128 kbps for 2B data, while keeping the remaining Bchannels<br />
available for PRI voice traffic. The PRI<br />
D-channel must remain active.<br />
— You can tailor use of T1 channels to support both T1emulated<br />
tandem tie service and T1 Switched 56 service<br />
for data communications at 56 kbps per channel, allowing<br />
2B data transfers at 112 kbps. You can also use drop-andinsert<br />
equipment to provide fractional T1 use.<br />
— Voice Mail and Auto Attendant. Networked systems (prior<br />
to Release 6.1) should have their own local voice mail and/or<br />
auto attendant applications as well as their own external<br />
alerts and Music-On-Hold sources. A single Auto Attendant,<br />
however, can transfer calls throughout the network. It can<br />
answer only those calls that arrive on the PSTN facilities of<br />
the system where it is connected.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
8
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Release 6.0 Enhancements (February 1998)<br />
Although many features are available using tie trunks for<br />
network connectivity, PRI tandem trunks provide greatly<br />
enhanced features and faster call setup. For this reason, PRI is<br />
recommended over tie functionality in private networks.<br />
■ Group Calling Enhancements<br />
Release 6.0 and later systems include Group Calling features<br />
that enhance group calling operations.<br />
■ Queue Control<br />
The system manager can control the maximum number of calls<br />
allowed in the primary calling group queue for calls that arrive<br />
on certain facilities often assigned to calling groups. When the<br />
number of the calls in queue reaches the programmed<br />
maximum, subsequent callers receive a busy signal.<br />
Queue control applies to calls received on the following types of<br />
facilities:<br />
— Direct Inward Dialing (DID)<br />
— PRI facilities programmed for dial-plan routing<br />
— All calls transferred from a voice messaging interface (VMI)<br />
port<br />
— Dial-in Tie<br />
Queue control also applies to internal calls to a calling group<br />
and calls to a calling group through the Queued Call Console<br />
(QCC).<br />
Internal calls that dial #0 or #800 and are directed to a calling<br />
group administered as Position-Busy Backup are eligible for<br />
queue control. Calls that come in on a trunk assigned to the<br />
QCC are not eligible for queue control if the call is directed to a<br />
calling group designated as Position-Busy Backup.<br />
Remote-access calls to a calling group, coverage calls directed<br />
to a calling group, calls directed to a calling group through QCC<br />
Position-Busy Backup, and all other outside calls are not eligible<br />
for queue control.<br />
■ Prompt-Based Overflow<br />
<strong>System</strong> managers can activate the Prompt-Based Overflow<br />
option. This option allows callers waiting in queue and listening<br />
to a delay announcement to press the # key in order to reach<br />
the overflow receiver for the group, which may be the QCC<br />
queue or another calling group (including a calling group<br />
assigned for a voice mail system).<br />
All three overflow distribution options—based on the number of<br />
calls, the time a caller has waited, and according to the caller’s<br />
prompt—may be used at one time. In this case, time-based and<br />
number-of-calls based options take precedence over overflow<br />
distribution based on the caller’s prompt.<br />
When prompt-based overflow distribution is used, an extra TTR<br />
must be provided for each delay announcement device<br />
assigned to the associated calling group. The delay<br />
announcement informs the caller of the # key option to exit the<br />
queue and leave rather than waiting for an agent. If no TTR is<br />
available when a calling group call arrives, the call is not sent to<br />
a delay announcement extension.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
9
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Release 6.0 Enhancements (February 1998)<br />
■ Centrex Transfer via Remote Call Forwarding<br />
Centrex Transfer via Remote Call Forwarding can be used in all<br />
system modes of operation to send outside calls to a remote<br />
telephone number or another Centrex station. In this context,<br />
the term outside calls refers to calls from outside the<br />
communications system, which may originate at extensions in<br />
the Centrex system that are not connected to the local <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />
LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>.<br />
An outside call that uses this feature is defined as a call that<br />
arrives on an analog Centrex loop-start line at the <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />
LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>. It may arrive directly or be<br />
transferred without consultation or without transfer supervision<br />
(in the case of an automated attendant). The forwarding call to<br />
the outside number is made on the same line/trunk on which the<br />
call arrived, conserving system facilities. The following<br />
considerations and rules apply:<br />
— Only outside Centrex calls are forwarded using this feature.<br />
— The system must be equipped with analog loop-start Centrex<br />
lines and all loop-start lines in the system must be Centrex<br />
facilities. Loop-start lines do not have to provide reliable<br />
disconnect for use by the Centrex Transfer via the Remote<br />
Call Forwarding feature.<br />
— To transfer calls outside the Centrex system, the organization<br />
must subscribe to a Centrex trunk-to-trunk transfer feature.<br />
Activating Centrex Transfer via Remote Call Forwarding is just<br />
like activating regular Remote Call Forwarding and requires that<br />
Remote Call Forwarding be enabled for the extension.<br />
However, the user dials * instead of a dial-out code, and a<br />
Pause character may be required after the *. The Centrex<br />
service provider determines whether the Pause is needed.<br />
Pause cannot be originated from a single-line telephone or a<br />
remote access user. A multiline telephone user in the local<br />
system must enter an authorization code to activate the feature.<br />
A remote access user may activate the feature without using an<br />
authorization code. Barrier code requirements, however, do<br />
apply.<br />
■ Authorization Codes and<br />
Remote Call Forwarding<br />
In Release 6.0 and later Key or Hybrid/PBX mode systems,<br />
forwarding features (including Centrex Transfer via Remote Call<br />
Forwarding, but excluding Follow Me) can be activated or<br />
deactivated at a multiline telephone by entering the<br />
authorization code for the extension from which calls are to be<br />
forwarded. The user enters the authorization code, then<br />
activates or deactivates the forwarding feature in the normal<br />
fashion. This is especially useful for a single-line telephone user<br />
who must include a Pause character in a Centrex Transfer via<br />
Remote Call Forwarding dialing sequence, because the<br />
character cannot be dialed at a single-line telephone. It is also<br />
useful when activating Call Forwarding or Remote Call<br />
Forwarding at phantom stations or via remote access (for<br />
example, from another switch in the network). No other features<br />
can be used by entering an authorization code in this fashion.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
10
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Release 5.0 Enhancements (June 1997)<br />
Release 5.0 Enhancements (June 1997)<br />
Release 5.0 includes all Release 4.2 functionality, plus the<br />
enhancements listed below.<br />
■ Computer Telephony Integration (CTI)<br />
Beginning with Release 5.0, a PassageWay ® Telephony<br />
Services CTI link from the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong><br />
<strong>System</strong> to a LAN server running Novell ® NetWare ® software<br />
allows Lucent Technologies-certified telephony applications to<br />
control and monitor MLX and analog multiline telephone (BIS<br />
only) operations. The physical connection for the CTI link is an<br />
MLX port on a 008 MLX or 408 MLX module on the <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />
LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> control unit and an ISDN<br />
link interface card plugged into the customer’s server. The<br />
feature is available for Hybrid/PBX mode systems only.<br />
NOTES:<br />
•The NetWare server software version must be 3.12, 4.1,<br />
or 4.11.<br />
•The 008 MLX and 408 MLX modules must have a<br />
firmware vintage other than 29. If the module has<br />
firmware 29, programming a CTI link on the module is<br />
prevented. An earlier or later vintage firmware is<br />
supported.<br />
■ Basic Call Control<br />
A CTI link application on a user’s computer can assume basic<br />
call control of the user’s analog multiline or MLX telephone’s SA<br />
buttons. Basic call control includes:<br />
— Answering calls arriving on an SA button.<br />
— Making calls from an SA button.<br />
— Hanging up calls.<br />
— Holding and retrieving a call on hold at the user’s extension.<br />
NOTE:<br />
Transfer and three-way conference, when handled through a<br />
CTI link application, provide the original caller’s calling<br />
number information or other information to the transfer<br />
receiver or new conference participant, if the user has screen<br />
pop capability.<br />
■ Screen Pop<br />
Screen pop occurs when the calling number, called number, or<br />
other user-defined identifier (such as an account code that a<br />
voice-response unit prompts the caller to dial) is used to display<br />
a screen associated with the far-end party. For example, Caller<br />
ID services can be used to support screen pop on a system that<br />
includes a CTI link; using the calling party number as a<br />
database key code, information about a caller automatically<br />
appears on the user’s computer screen when the call arrives at<br />
the extension. Depending on the application, screen pop may<br />
be available for calls that arrive on line buttons other than SA<br />
buttons and/or calls that are answered manually at the<br />
telephone rather than by the application.<br />
Screen pop can occur on incoming calls from the following<br />
sources:<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
11
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Release 5.0 Enhancements (June 1997)<br />
— Calling group distribution.<br />
— ISDN PRI Routing by Dial Plan.<br />
— An extension on the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong><br />
<strong>System</strong>.<br />
— Remote access.<br />
NOTE:<br />
In the case of remote access calls, the only information<br />
that the application can collect about the caller is the<br />
remote telephone number.<br />
— A transfer of a call that was answered by a voice response<br />
unit.<br />
— A transfer, redirection, or conference of a call that was<br />
answered at a Direct-Line Console (DLC) or at a Queued<br />
Call Console (QCC).<br />
NOTES:<br />
•DLCs may use CTI applications. If they do, they perform<br />
the same way as other extensions. A DLC assigned to<br />
use a CTI link application is a monitored DLC. When a<br />
DLC is used as a regular operator console and is not<br />
using a CTI link extension, it is non-monitored.<br />
•Calls to a QCC or a DLC not using a CTI application do<br />
not initiate screen pop at the operator position.<br />
However, when an operator directs a call to an<br />
extension using a CTI application, caller information<br />
does initiate screen pop. If the DLC is non-monitored,<br />
screen pops can occur after the DLC releases the call.<br />
•Calls transferred from Cover buttons on non-monitored<br />
DLCs do not initiate screen pop at the destination<br />
extension.<br />
■ HotLine Feature<br />
The Release 5.0 HotLine feature is designed for retail sales,<br />
catalogue sales, and other types of businesses and<br />
organizations, and is available in all three modes of system<br />
operation. It allows a system manager to program a single-line<br />
telephone extension connected to an 008 OPT, 012, or 016<br />
module as a HotLine. When a user lifts the handset at the<br />
HotLine extension, the telephone automatically dials the inside<br />
extension or outside telephone number programmed as the first<br />
Personal Speed Dial number (code #01) for the extension. The<br />
system does not permit calls to be transferred, put on hold, or<br />
conferenced. (A user can press the telephone’s Hold button, if it<br />
has one, to put a call on local hold, but the call cannot be<br />
redirected in any way. Switchhook flashes are ignored.)<br />
Personal Speed Dial codes can be programmed from the<br />
extension prior to HotLine assignment (a system programming<br />
function). Alternatively, a Personal Speed Dial code can be<br />
programmed from the single-line telephone after HotLine<br />
operation is assigned. However, because of security<br />
considerations, this is a one-time opportunity. Once the<br />
Personal Speed Dial number is programmed, any changes to it<br />
or any other extension programming must be performed using<br />
centralized telephone programming.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
12
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Release 5.0 Enhancements (June 1997)<br />
Any type of inside or outside line that is normally available to a<br />
single-line telephone can be assigned to a HotLine extension.<br />
Generally, the HotLine telephone does not receive calls, and its<br />
lines should be set to No Ring.<br />
! SECURITY ALERT:<br />
If a HotLine extension accesses a loop-start line, that line<br />
should provide reliable disconnect and be programmed for<br />
reliable disconnect. Otherwise, a user at the extension may<br />
be able to stay on the line after a call is completed and then<br />
make a toll call.<br />
■ Group Calling Enhancements<br />
Release 5.0 and later systems include Group Calling features<br />
that enhance group calling operations.<br />
■ Most Idle Hunt Type<br />
In addition to the Circular (factory setting) and Linear hunt types<br />
supported in earlier releases, a third hunt type distributes calling<br />
group calls in an order based on which agent has waited the<br />
longest since transferring or hanging up on an incoming calling<br />
group call. For some applications, this hunt type is more<br />
efficient than the circular type because it takes into account the<br />
varying duration of calls. The system distributes calls based on<br />
when an agent last completed a call, not on when he or she last<br />
received one. This hunting method ignores non-calling group<br />
calls. For example, if an agent transfers a call that arrived on a<br />
line not assigned to the calling group, the calling group<br />
member’s most-idle status is unaffected.<br />
■ Delay Announcement Devices<br />
The system manager can designate as many as ten primary<br />
delay announcement devices per group, rather than the single<br />
device for each group that is available in Release 4.2 and<br />
earlier systems. Furthermore, an additional secondary delay<br />
announcement device can be specified, for a total of ten<br />
primary device extensions and one secondary device extension<br />
per group.<br />
A primary delay announcement device operates in the same<br />
fashion as a single delay announcement device, playing once,<br />
as soon as it is available, for the caller who has waited the<br />
longest for a calling group agent and has not heard a primary<br />
delay announcement. If a secondary announcement device is<br />
used, it can use the factory setting, which plays the<br />
announcement once, or it can be set to repeat the<br />
announcement after a certain amount of time. The system<br />
manager programs the time (0–900 seconds) between<br />
announcements. This setting controls both the interval between<br />
primary and secondary announcements and the interval<br />
between repetitions of the secondary announcement, if it is set<br />
to repeat. (See “Calling Group Options” in Chapter 4 of <strong>System</strong><br />
Planning for guidelines on setting the delay.)<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
13
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Release 5.0 Enhancements (June 1997)<br />
The primary and secondary announcement options, when used<br />
together, allow an initial message to play for callers, followed by<br />
a repeating announcement that, for example, urges callers to<br />
stay on the line and wait for a calling group member.<br />
Two or more groups may share an announcement device.<br />
A primary delay announcement device can be programmed as<br />
a secondary delay announcement device.<br />
■ Enhanced Calls-in-Queue Alarm Thresholds<br />
Three Calls-in-Queue Alarm thresholds can be set to more<br />
clearly indicate the real-time status of the calls waiting in the<br />
queue according to the behavior of programmed Calls-in-Queue<br />
Alarm buttons. In earlier releases, only one Calls-in-Queue<br />
Alarm Threshold setting is available to activate the LEDs at<br />
programmed Calls-in-Queue Alarm buttons for a calling group.<br />
Using all three levels, the system manager sets Threshold 3 to<br />
the highest value, Threshold 2 to a middle value, and Threshold<br />
1 to the lowest value. A Calls-in-Queue Alarm button indicates<br />
the severity of the alarm conditions in the following ways:<br />
— If the number of waiting calls is less than the value<br />
programmed for Threshold 1 or drops below that level, the<br />
LED is unlit.<br />
— If the number of waiting calls is greater than or equal to the<br />
Threshold 1 value but less than the Threshold 2 value, the<br />
LED flashes.<br />
— If the number of waiting calls is greater than or equal to the<br />
Threshold 2 value but less than the value for Threshold 3, the<br />
LED winks.<br />
— If the number of waiting calls is greater than or equal to the<br />
highest value, Threshold 3, the LED lights steadily.<br />
NOTE:<br />
A Direct Station Selector (DSS) button that is used as a<br />
Calls-in-Queue Alarm button can only indicate two threshold<br />
levels, either by flashing or by lighting steadily. If a calling<br />
group must use this type of Calls-in-Queue Alarm button, only<br />
two threshold levels should be programmed.<br />
If all three thresholds are set to the same value, the result is one<br />
threshold only with LED state either off or on (steady). If two<br />
values are the same, then the result is two alarm levels (flash,<br />
steady). The factory setting is one call for all three thresholds,<br />
with LED states of off and steady.<br />
An external alert signals only when the number of calls in the<br />
queue meets or exceeds the programmed Threshold 3 value.<br />
■ MLX-5 and MLX-5D Telephones<br />
The MLX-5 nondisplay and MLX-5D display telephones are<br />
compatible with all system releases. The display telephone<br />
includes a 2-line by 24-character display, and both telephones<br />
come with five line buttons. In systems prior to Release 5.0, the<br />
MLX-5 and MLX-5D telephones are treated as MLX-10 and<br />
MLX-10D telephones, respectively. As of Release 5.0, the<br />
system recognizes the MLX-5 and MLX-5D telephones as 5button<br />
telephones.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
14
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Release 4.2 Enhancements (June 1997)<br />
If these telephones are connected to communications system<br />
releases prior to 5.0, they are recognized by the<br />
communications system as 10-button telephones.<br />
Release 4.2 Enhancements (June 1997)<br />
Release 4.2 includes all Release 4.1 functionality, plus the<br />
enhancements listed below. There are no hardware changes for<br />
Release 4.2.<br />
■ Additional Network Switch and Services Options<br />
for ISDN Primary Rate Interface (PRI)<br />
Release 4.2 of the system supports connectivity to MCI ® or<br />
local exchange carrier (LEC) PRI services and to the following<br />
central office switch types (in addition to the 4ESS and<br />
5ESS ® switch types that carry AT&T Switched Network<br />
services):<br />
— NORTEL ® DMS-100 BCS 36 for local exchange carrier<br />
services.<br />
— NORTEL DMS-250 generic MCI07, serving the MCI network.<br />
— Digital Switch Corporation DEX600E generic 500-39.30,<br />
serving the MCI network.<br />
Beginning with Release 4.2, the following MCI PRI and PRI<br />
local exchange carrier (LEC) services (along with AT&T<br />
Switched Network services) can be provided to users of the<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>:<br />
— MCI Toll Services for DMS-250 or DEX600E switch type:<br />
— MCI Prism ® service for domestic outgoing long-distance<br />
and international voice calls; for domestic outgoing 56kbps<br />
restricted, 64-kbps unrestricted, and 64-kbps<br />
restricted circuit-switched data calls.<br />
— MCI VNet ® service for incoming and outgoing domestic<br />
and voice calls; for 56-kbps restricted, 64-kbps restricted,<br />
and 64-kbps unrestricted circuit-switched data calls.<br />
— MCI 800 for domestic, toll-free incoming voice calls.<br />
— MCI 900 service numbers.<br />
— LEC services for DMS-100 switch types:<br />
— DMS Virtual Private Network service for calls between the<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> and another<br />
communications system (such as another <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />
LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>).<br />
— DMS INWATS (Inward Wide Area Telephone Service) for<br />
domestic toll-free incoming voice calls.<br />
— DMS OUTWATS (Outward Wide Area Telephone Service)<br />
for domestic outgoing long-distance voice calls.<br />
— DMS FX (foreign exchange) to provide local call rating for<br />
calls from the local exchange to the area serviced by the<br />
foreign exchange.<br />
— DMS tie trunk service to provide private exchange call<br />
rating for calls placed on a dedicated central office facility<br />
between the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong><br />
and another communications system.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
15
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Release 4.2 Enhancements (June 1997)<br />
■ Improvements to Station Message Detail<br />
Recording (SMDR) and Support for<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Reporter Application<br />
The SMDR feature is enhanced to provide more details about<br />
calling group agent activities and to help system managers<br />
assess the effectiveness of call centers in terms of both agent<br />
performance and the adequacy of facilities to handle inbound<br />
calls. These improvements apply to calling groups that are<br />
programmed as Auto Login or Auto Logout type. The SMDR<br />
and <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Reporter features listed are<br />
administrable:<br />
— TALK Field. For Auto Login and Auto Logout calling groups,<br />
the TALK field records the amount of time a calling group<br />
agent spends on a call.<br />
— DUR. (DURATION) Field. For Auto Login and Auto Logout<br />
calling groups, call timing begins when a call arrives at the<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> and not after a<br />
preset number of seconds. Call timing ends when the call is<br />
disconnected; either the caller or the agent hangs up. This<br />
allows the system manager to determine how long a caller<br />
waited for an agent’s attention.<br />
— Coding of Calls on Reports. An asterisk (*) appears in the<br />
call record when:<br />
— A call is not answered by an Auto Login or Auto Logout<br />
calling group agent and is abandoned while waiting for an<br />
agent.<br />
— The call is answered by someone not a member of an<br />
Auto Login or Auto Logout calling group.<br />
An exclamation point (!) signals that an Auto Login or Auto<br />
Logout agent handled a call that was answered by<br />
someone who was not a member of that Auto Login or<br />
Auto Logout with Overflow group. An ampersand (&) in the<br />
call record indicates that the group’s overflow receiver<br />
answered the call.<br />
■ <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Reporter<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Reporter provides basic call accounting<br />
system reports for all incoming calls to Auto Login or Auto<br />
Logout type calling groups. <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Reporter assists<br />
in determining the effectiveness of calling group agents,<br />
assessing the level of service provided to callers, and<br />
ascertaining whether adequate incoming telephone lines and<br />
agents are available to handle peak-call load. The SMDR Talk<br />
Time option sets up special call records used by <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />
LEGEND Reporter. The default is off, in which case the Release<br />
4.0 SMDR reports are available. If the option is set to on, the<br />
following new reports are provided:<br />
— Organization Detail Report<br />
— Organization Summary and Trends Report<br />
— Selection Detail Report<br />
— Account Code Report<br />
— Traffic Report<br />
— Extension Summary Report<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
16
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Release 4.1 Enhancements (June 1997)<br />
— Data Report<br />
— Talk and Queue Time Distribution Report<br />
— Time of Day Report<br />
— ICLID Call Distribution Report<br />
— Facility Grade-of-Service Report<br />
■ Maintenance Enhancements<br />
■ Change to Permanent Error Alarm<br />
Beginning with Release 4.2, the most recent permanent error<br />
alarm is not shown on the <strong>System</strong> Error Log menu screen but is<br />
available as an option from that screen. For details, refer to the<br />
maintenance section of the technician guide, Installation,<br />
Programming, and Maintenance.<br />
■ Enhanced Extension Information Report<br />
Beginning with Release 4.2, the Extension Information Report<br />
includes the Extension Status and supervisory mode of each<br />
extension.<br />
Release 4.1 Enhancements (June 1997)<br />
Release 4.1 includes all Release 4.0 functionality, plus the<br />
enhancements listed below. There are no hardware changes in<br />
Release 4.1.<br />
■ Coverage Timers Programmed for<br />
Individual Extensions<br />
Beginning with Release 4.1, coverage timers, which control the<br />
duration of the delay before calls are sent to each level of<br />
coverage, are changed as follows:<br />
— The Group Coverage Ring Delay (1–9 rings) is programmed<br />
on individual extensions and replaces the Coverage Delay<br />
Interval programmed systemwide in previous releases.<br />
— The Primary Cover Ring Delay (1–6 rings) and Secondary<br />
Cover Ring Delay (1–6 rings), programmed on individual<br />
extensions, replace the Delay Ring Interval programmed<br />
systemwide in previous releases.<br />
These enhancements allow the system manager to customize<br />
coverage call delivery to match individual extensions’ callhandling<br />
requirements.<br />
■ Night Service with Coverage Control<br />
Beginning with Release 4.1, a system manager can enable the<br />
Night Service Coverage Control option to automatically control<br />
the status of telephones programmed with Coverage VMS<br />
(voice messaging system) Off buttons, according to Night<br />
Service status.<br />
When Coverage Control is enabled and the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND<br />
<strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> is put into Night Service, all<br />
programmed Coverage VMS Off buttons are automatically<br />
turned off (LED is unlit) and all eligible outside calls are sent to<br />
the assigned voice messaging system calling group with normal<br />
ringing delay. When Night Service is deactivated during the day,<br />
all programmed Coverage VMS Off buttons are automatically<br />
turned on (LED is lit) and voice mail coverage is disabled for<br />
outside calls.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
17
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Release 4.0 Enhancements (March 1996)<br />
Users can override the Coverage VMS Off button status at any<br />
time by pressing the programmed Coverage VMS Off button to<br />
turn the LED on or off.<br />
■ Night Service Group Line Assignment<br />
Beginning with Release 4.1, a system manager can assign lines<br />
to Night Service groups to control handling of after-hours calls<br />
received on individual lines. This capability replaces the<br />
automatic assignment to Night Service groups of only those<br />
lines that ring on the Night Service operator console. An outside<br />
line must be assigned to a Night Service group to receive Night<br />
Service treatment.<br />
With this enhancement, Night Service can be activated and<br />
deactivated on lines that do not appear on operator consoles<br />
(for example, personal lines), and lines appearing at operator<br />
positions can be excluded from Night Service.<br />
■ Forward on Busy<br />
Beginning with Release 4.1, the Forward, Follow Me, and<br />
Remote Call Forward features are enhanced to remove the<br />
requirement that a call be ringing at an extension before it can<br />
be forwarded. With the Forward on Busy enhancement, a call to<br />
an extension with no available SA or ICOM buttons is forwarded<br />
immediately to the programmed destination, preventing the<br />
caller from hearing a busy signal from the intended call<br />
recipient’s extension.<br />
■ Maintenance Testing for BRI Facilities that Are<br />
Part of Multiline Hunt Groups (MLHGs)<br />
Beginning with Release 4.1, the NI-1 BRI (National Integrated<br />
Services Digital Network-1 Basic Rate Interface) Provisioning<br />
Test Tool is enhanced to include testing for BRI facilities that are<br />
part of Multiline Hunt Groups (MLHGs).<br />
The NI-1 BRI Provisioning Test Tool is used by Lucent<br />
Technologies maintenance personnel on <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND<br />
<strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>s that include an<br />
800 NI-BRI module. Technicians use the tool during system<br />
installation and maintenance to test the functionality of the BRI<br />
lines and to report analyzed results.<br />
Release 4.0 Enhancements (March 1996)<br />
Release 4.0 includes all Release 3.1 functionality, plus the<br />
enhancements listed below.<br />
■ Support for Up to 200 Extensions<br />
An expanded dial plan supports up to 200 tip/ring devices.<br />
■ Support for National ISDN BRI Service<br />
This service (Hybrid/PBX and Key modes) provides an<br />
alternative to loop-start and ground-start lines/trunks for voice<br />
and digital data connectivity to the central office. Each of the<br />
two B-channels (bearer channels) on a BRI line can carry one<br />
voice and one data call at any given time. The data speeds on a<br />
B-channel are up to 28.8 kbps for analog data and up to 64<br />
kbps for digital data, which is necessary for videoconferencing<br />
and other high-speed applications. Release 4.0 supports the<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
18
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Release 4.0 Enhancements (March 1996)<br />
ISDN Ordering Code (IOC) Package “S” (basic call handling)<br />
service configuration and Multiline Hunt service configuration on<br />
designated central office switches.<br />
■ New Control Unit Modules<br />
Release 4.0 supports a new NI-BRI line/trunk module and a<br />
higher-capacity tip/ring module.<br />
■ 800 NI-BRI Module<br />
This new module connects NI-BRI trunks to the <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />
LEGEND <strong>System</strong> for voice, high-speed data, and video<br />
transmission.<br />
■ 016 Tip/Ring Module<br />
This new module supports a 200-extension dial plan by<br />
providing 16 ports for tip/ring devices. Applications that use a<br />
tip/ring interface can connect to this board. All 16 ports can ring<br />
simultaneously. Four touch-tone receivers (TTRs) are included<br />
on the module as well. The module’s ringing frequency (default<br />
20 Hz) can be changed, through programming, to 25 Hz for<br />
those locations that require it.<br />
■ Downloadable Firmware for the<br />
016 (T/R) and NI-BRI Modules<br />
The Personal Computer Memory Card International Association<br />
(PCMCIA) technology, introduced in Release 3.0, continues to<br />
support these two modules for installation and upgrade in<br />
Release 4.0. A Release 3.0 or later processor is required for<br />
PCMCIA technology.<br />
■ Support for 2B Data Applications<br />
A Lucent Technologies-certified group and desktop video<br />
application can use two B-channels to make video/data calls<br />
when connected to a single MLX extension jack programmed<br />
for 2B data. The 2B data devices must be equipped with<br />
ISDN-BRI interfaces. NI-1 BRI, PRI, or T1 Switched 56 facilities<br />
support 2B data communications at 112 kbps (using two<br />
56-kbps channels) or 128 kbps (using two 64-kbps B-channels).<br />
This feature is available for Hybrid/PBX and Key modes only.<br />
■ Support for T1 Switched 56<br />
Digital Data Transmission<br />
For Hybrid/PBX and Key mode systems, Release 4.0 expands<br />
support of T1 functionality by providing access to digital data<br />
over the public switched 56-kbps network, as well as to digital<br />
data tie-trunk services. Users who have T1 facilities for voice<br />
services can now use them for video or data calls at rates of 56<br />
kbps per channel (112 kbps for video calls using 2B data). The<br />
Release 4.0 offering also includes point-to-point connectivity<br />
over T1 tie trunks, allowing customers to connect two <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />
LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>s or a <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND<br />
<strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> with a Lucent Technologies DEFINITY<br />
G1.1 <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> or DEFINITY Enterprise<br />
<strong>Communications</strong> Server. The two communications systems can<br />
be co-located or can be at different sites.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
19
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Release 4.0 Enhancements (March 1996)<br />
■ Forwarding Delay Option<br />
Each user can program a Forwarding Delay setting for the<br />
Forward, Remote Call Forwarding, or Follow Me features. The<br />
forwarding delay is the number of times that a call rings at the<br />
forwarding extension before the call is sent to the receiver. The<br />
delay period gives the original call recipient time to answer or to<br />
screen calls by checking the displayed calling number (if<br />
available). The delay can be set from 0 to 9 rings. The factory<br />
setting for the forwarding delay is 0 rings (no delay).<br />
■ Voice Announce on Queued Call Console<br />
The system manager can enable the fifth Call button on a QCC<br />
console (Hybrid/PBX mode only) to announce a call on another<br />
user’s speakerphone (providing the destination telephone has a<br />
voice announce-capable SA button available). A QCC cannot<br />
receive voice-announced calls; they are received as ringing<br />
calls. The factory-set status for the fifth Call button is voice<br />
announce disabled.<br />
■ Time-Based Option for<br />
Overflow on Calling Group<br />
Release 4.0 has added a time limit for calls in queue in addition<br />
to the previous number of calls limit. If the Overflow Threshold<br />
Time option is set to a valid number between 1 and 900<br />
seconds, calls that remain in the calling group queue for the set<br />
time are sent to the overflow receiver. If the overflow threshold<br />
time is set to 0, overflow by time is turned off. The factory-set<br />
time limit is 0 seconds (off).<br />
■ Single-Line Telephone Enhancements<br />
The following changes enhance the performance of single-line<br />
telephones:<br />
— Disable Transfer. Through centralized telephone<br />
programming, the system manager can disable transfer by<br />
removing all but one SA or ICOM button from the extension.<br />
— No Transfer Return. When a handset bounces in its cradle,<br />
the system interprets this as a switchhook flash and attempts<br />
to transfer a call. When the transfer attempt period expires,<br />
the user’s telephone rings. Release 4.0 eliminates this<br />
unintended ringing by disconnecting the call in situations<br />
where a switchhook flash is followed by an on-hook state and<br />
a dial tone is present.<br />
— Forward Disconnect. All ports on 008 OPT, 012, and 016<br />
modules now send forward disconnect to all devices<br />
connected to them when forward disconnect is received from<br />
the central office. This enhancement prevents the<br />
trunk/line from being kept active when one end disconnects<br />
from the call. If an answering machine is connected to the<br />
port, it does not record silence, busy tones, or other useless<br />
messages. This operation is not programmable.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
20
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Release 3.1 Enhancements (March 1996)<br />
■ Seven-Digit Password for SPM<br />
Release 4.0 has increased system security by requiring a 7-digit<br />
password for system managers or technicians who use <strong>System</strong><br />
Programming and Maintenance (SPM) to perform programming<br />
or the Trunk Test procedure. This password is for use in<br />
addition to a remote access barrier code.<br />
Release 3.1 Enhancements (March 1996)<br />
Release 3.1 includes all Release 3.0 functionality, plus the<br />
enhancements listed below.<br />
■ Call Restriction Checking for Star Codes<br />
Beginning with Release 3.1, a system manager can add star (*)<br />
codes to Allowed and Disallowed Lists to help prevent toll fraud.<br />
Star codes, typically dialed before an outgoing call, enable<br />
telephone users to obtain special services provided by the<br />
central office. For example, in many areas, a telephone user<br />
can dial *67 before a telephone number to disable central<br />
office-supplied caller identification at the receiving party’s<br />
telephone. You must contract with your telephone service<br />
provider to have these codes activated.<br />
When users dial star codes, the system’s calling restrictions<br />
determine whether the codes are allowed. If they are allowed,<br />
the system’s calling restrictions are reset, and the remaining<br />
digits that the users dial are checked against the calling<br />
restrictions.<br />
■ Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer Set for Each Extension<br />
This enhancement to the Transfer feature enables the system<br />
manager to allow or disallow trunk-to-trunk transfer on a perextension<br />
basis. In Release 3.1 and later systems, the default<br />
setting for all extensions is restricted.<br />
■ Programmable Second Dial Tone Timer<br />
The system manager can assign a second dial tone timer to<br />
lines/trunks, in order to help prevent toll fraud (for example,<br />
when star codes are used). After receiving certain digits dialed<br />
by a user, the central office may provide a second dial tone,<br />
prompting the user to enter more digits. If this second dial tone<br />
is delayed, and the user dials digits before the central office<br />
provides the second dial tone, there is a risk of toll fraud or<br />
misrouting the call. The second dial tone timer enables the<br />
system manager to make sure that the central office is ready to<br />
receive more digits from the caller.<br />
■ Security Enhancements<br />
The sections below outline security measures that are<br />
implemented in Release 3.1 and later systems.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
21
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Release 3.1 Enhancements (March 1996)<br />
■ Disallowed List Including Numbers Often<br />
Associated with Toll Fraud<br />
A factory-set Disallowed List 7 contains default entries, which<br />
are numbers frequently associated with toll fraud. By default,<br />
Disallowed List 7 is automatically assigned to both generic and<br />
integrated voice messaging interface (VMI) ports used by voice<br />
messaging systems. The system manager can manually assign<br />
this list to other extensions.<br />
■ Default Pool Dial-Out Code<br />
Restriction for All Extensions<br />
The default setting for the pool dial-out code restriction (Hybrid/<br />
PBX mode only) is restricted. No extension or remote access<br />
user with a barrier code has access to pools until the restriction<br />
is removed by the system manager.<br />
■ Default Outward Restrictions for VMI Ports<br />
Ports assigned for use by voice messaging systems (generic or<br />
integrated VMI ports) are now assigned outward restrictions by<br />
default. If a voice messaging system must be allowed to call out<br />
(for example, to send calls to a user’s home office), the system<br />
manager must remove these restrictions.<br />
! SECURITY ALERT:<br />
Before removing restrictions, it is strongly recommended that<br />
you read Appendix A, ‘‘Customer Support Information,” in<br />
<strong>System</strong> Programming.<br />
■ Default Facility Restriction<br />
Level (FRL) for VMI Ports<br />
The default Automatic Route Selection (ARS) FRL for VMI ports<br />
is 0, restricting all outcalling.<br />
■ Default for the Default Local Table<br />
The default Automatic Route Selection (Hybrid/PBX mode only)<br />
FRL has changed to 2 for the Default Local table. <strong>System</strong><br />
managers can easily change an extension’s default FRL of 3 to<br />
2 or lower to restrict calling. No adjustment to the route FRL is<br />
required.<br />
■ New Maintenance Procedure for Testing<br />
Outgoing Trunks<br />
Technicians must enter a password in order to perform trunk<br />
tests.<br />
! SECURITY ALERT:<br />
The enhancements in Release 3.1 help increase the security<br />
of the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>System</strong>. To fully utilize these<br />
security enhancements, be sure to read and understand the<br />
information in these upgrade notes and in the relevant<br />
system guides.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
22
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Release 3.0 Enhancements (August 1994)<br />
Release 3.0 Enhancements (August 1994)<br />
Release 3.0 includes all Release 2.1 functionality plus the<br />
enhancements listed below.<br />
■ Equipment<br />
New hardware includes a variety of components. Additional<br />
details are included elsewhere in this book.<br />
— CPU modifications include:<br />
— A processor running at 16 MHz with a 32-bit wide data<br />
bus.<br />
— 1.5 MB of non-volatile (battery-backed) RAM.<br />
— 4.0 MB of Flash ROM.<br />
— PCMCIA memory card interface.<br />
— A full-duplex 1200/2400 bps modem.<br />
— Error/Status code display for maintenance support.<br />
— An 800 GS/LS-ID line/trunk module delivers the calling<br />
party’s telephone number to the customer premises (MLX<br />
display telephones only) if the service is subscribed to by the<br />
customer and if it is supported by the caller’s telephone<br />
company.<br />
— Support for:<br />
— MDC 9000 (six-line, cordless).<br />
— MDW 9000 (six-line, cordless, wireless).<br />
— 8101 (single-line telephone, desk or wall-mount, data/fax<br />
jack, selectable positive disconnect).<br />
— 2500YMGL and 2500 MMGL (single-line desk telephones,<br />
selectable positive disconnect).<br />
— Picasso Still-Image telephone (for interactive display of<br />
still images).<br />
— Videophone 2500 single-line telephone with interactive<br />
video display<br />
— Pre-fabricated and pre-drilled backboard.<br />
■ Installation, Upgrade Administration, and Maintenance<br />
These are the new <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong><br />
capabilities:<br />
— SPM (Release 3.18) conversion of translations from Release<br />
1.0, 1.1, 2.0, and 2.1 to 3.0.<br />
— Remote operation at 1200/2400bps.<br />
— Advice and feedback administration screens for new Release<br />
3.0 functionality.<br />
— PCMCIA Memory Card Interface (a Release 3.0 processor<br />
board required) allowing:<br />
— <strong>System</strong> software installation.<br />
— <strong>System</strong> software upgrade.<br />
— 800 GS/LS-ID port module firmware upgrade.<br />
— Integrated backup and restore of translations.<br />
— Automatic and manual options for backup and restore are<br />
available on the system. Automatic backup can be<br />
scheduled weekly or daily to fit the customer’s needs.<br />
— Inter-digit dialing timer values are programmable.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
23
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Release 3.0 Enhancements (August 1994)<br />
— Inspection of Lines/Trunks displays only those lines and<br />
trunks configured on system rather than all 80 facilities.<br />
— Extensions and facilities in Maintenance Busy (both manual<br />
and automatic) can be identified by the maintenance monitor.<br />
■ User Features<br />
— Security. The Remote Access feature allows people at<br />
remote locations to enter the system by dialing the number of<br />
a line or trunk designated for remote access. The system can<br />
be programmed to require the remote user to dial a barrier<br />
code (a type of password) after reaching the system. In<br />
earlier versions, the systemwide barrier code length is fixed<br />
at four digits. Release 3.0 allows a systemwide barrier code<br />
length ranging from a minimum of four digits to a maximum of<br />
11 digits, with a factory setting of seven digits. SMDR records<br />
are enhanced to provide information for remote access calls.<br />
If the remote access call is received on a facility providing<br />
Caller ID information (see below), the SMDR report can help<br />
trace the call.<br />
— Caller ID. Caller information (telephone number) is furnished<br />
to MLX display telephones by an 800 GS/LS-ID module<br />
using the LS (loop-start) option. This allows customers to<br />
screen calls before answering the telephone, as well as<br />
providing calling party information for use with various<br />
applications. This function is available only when the<br />
customer subscribes to caller identification service from the<br />
telephone company, if the telephone company supports that<br />
service.<br />
— Shared <strong>System</strong> Access (SSA). A telephone may have up to<br />
27 Shared SA buttons to expand extension coverage.<br />
— Authorization Codes. The Authorization Code feature<br />
allows you to make calls using your calling privileges when<br />
you are dialing from an extension other than your own. When<br />
you enter your authorization code (ranging from 2 to 11<br />
characters and unique across the system), the privileges and<br />
restrictions assigned to your home extension override the<br />
current restrictions at the host extension. This includes toll<br />
restriction, outward restriction, Facility Restriction Level<br />
(FRL), Allowed Lists, Disallowed Lists, Night Service<br />
Exclusion List, and Dial Access to Pools. All other functions<br />
on the telephone are those of the local telephone, not the<br />
home extension.<br />
Authorization codes can also be used for the purpose of call<br />
accounting through the SMDR printout. The SMDR account<br />
code field can hold either the authorization code extension<br />
number or the authorization code itself.<br />
— Direct Voice Mail. If your company has voice mail, this<br />
feature allows you to dial a co-worker’s voice mailbox directly<br />
without ringing that person’s extension. Direct Voice Mail is<br />
especially useful for transferring calls when a co-worker is<br />
not available.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
24
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Release 3.0 Enhancements (August 1994)<br />
■ Additional Features<br />
The status of Leave Word Calling (LWC) and Privacy are<br />
retained across cold starts.<br />
Caller ID (CLASS SM ICLID and PRI) are available on primary<br />
coverage and return from transfer.<br />
■ Additional Application Packages, Adjuncts, and<br />
Adapter Enhancements<br />
— PassageWay Direct Connection Solution. PassageWay<br />
Direct Connection Solution (Release 2.0) is a computer<br />
telephony integrated product that links a desktop Microsoft ®<br />
Windows ® -based PC to the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND<br />
Communication <strong>System</strong>’s MLX-10DP, MLX-20L, or MLX-28D<br />
telephone. The Windows applications are: AT&T Call<br />
(autodial/contact manager), AT&T Buzz (screen pops<br />
applications), AT&T Set (extension programming interface),<br />
and Log Viewer (call log application). PassageWay Direct<br />
Connection Solution (Release 2.0) is the version supported<br />
on <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 3.0.<br />
— PagePal. PagePal connects several paging systems to the<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>. No other<br />
system adapter is necessary for loudspeaker paging.<br />
— Fax Attendant 2.1.1. Fax Attendant Release 2.1.1, which<br />
co-resides with AUDIX Voice Power on the IS III Release 1.2<br />
platform, provides the same functionality as earlier versions,<br />
plus the following enhancements:<br />
— Personal Fax Messaging. Inbound faxes can be stored<br />
until the subscriber asks that they be printed, at any fax<br />
machine he or she specifies, on company premises or<br />
offsite (when the subscriber retrieves fax messages<br />
remotely).<br />
— Fax Mail. Allows subscribers to send fax messages, get<br />
fax messages, record personal greetings, and program<br />
outcalling.<br />
— Fax Broadcast. Provides a simple way to send one fax to<br />
as many as 1000 fax numbers.<br />
■ Call Accounting <strong>System</strong> (CAS) for Windows<br />
This stand-alone version of CAS takes advantage of the easyto-use<br />
graphical environment offered by Microsoft Windows.<br />
Through data communications, it also allows one CAS system<br />
to serve multiple business sites.<br />
■ Group Videoconferencing<br />
Group videoconferencing is supported over DS1 (Digital Signal<br />
Level 1) facilities with PRI. (Videoconferencing has been<br />
available since Release 2.0.)<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
25
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Release 2.1 Enhancements (August 1994)<br />
Release 2.1 Enhancements (August 1994)<br />
Refer to Release 2.1 Notes for detailed descriptions of Release 2.1<br />
enhancements. Release 2.1 includes all Release 2.0 functionality<br />
plus the enhancements listed below.<br />
■ Operational<br />
<strong>System</strong> operational enhancements include the following:<br />
— When a call is forwarded to a multiline telephone that has an<br />
Auto Dial or DSS button programmed for the forwarding<br />
telephone, the green light next to the Auto Dial or DSS button<br />
for the forwarding telephone does not flash.<br />
— People answering calls received on Cover buttons are<br />
allowed to generate touch tones if their telephones are not<br />
outward- or toll-restricted.<br />
— Calls received on personal lines with Do Not Disturb on go<br />
immediately to coverage instead of waiting for the coverage<br />
delay interval.<br />
— A call put on hold at a Cover button can be added to a<br />
conference by someone who has a personal line for the call.<br />
— A call put on hold at a Cover button can be picked up by any<br />
person who has a personal line for the call.<br />
— Calls that have been put on hold at a Cover, SA, Shared SA,<br />
or Pool button can be picked up by a person who has a<br />
personal line button for the call.<br />
— An inside call on hold at an SA button can be picked up and<br />
transferred by any person with a Shared SA button<br />
corresponding to the button with the held call.<br />
— Calls that are on hold awaiting transfer can be picked up by<br />
any user who has a personal line for the call.<br />
— Beginning with Integrated Solution III Version 1.2, the<br />
automatic reconciliation program that was run automatically<br />
at 3:00 a.m. is disabled and can be invoked manually from<br />
the User Maintenance menu.<br />
— If an extension is programmed for Forced Account Code<br />
Entry, account codes do not have to be entered when using a<br />
programmed Loudspeaker Paging button. In addition, an<br />
SMDR record is not generated for calls made to paging<br />
ports.<br />
— When an MLX telephone, other than an MLX-20L, is plugged<br />
into an MLX port and the Personal Directory does not contain<br />
any entries, the allocation of the Personal Directory resource<br />
is released. If there are any entries in the Personal Directory,<br />
the Personal Directory allocation and the entries in the<br />
Personal Directory are saved in the MLX port.<br />
— SMDR call records for calls made on PRI facilities are more<br />
accurate than SMDR call records for calls made on non-PRI<br />
facilities. Outgoing calls made on PRI facilities receive<br />
“answer supervision.” Consequently, SMDR timing for calls<br />
made on PRI facilities begins when the call is answered.<br />
Timing for calls made on non-PRI facilities begins when<br />
dialing is completed. Therefore, an SMDR call record is not<br />
generated when a call made on a PRI facility is not answered<br />
at the far end.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
26
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Release 2.1 Enhancements (August 1994)<br />
— The Call Type field and the Called Number field on the<br />
SMDR report are changed for both the Basic and ISDN<br />
report formats.<br />
— An 012 port that is programmed as a generic voice<br />
messaging interface (VMI) port can transfer an outside call to<br />
an outside number.<br />
— In a system where the transfer audible option is programmed<br />
for Music-On-Hold and a music source is provided, outside<br />
callers who are transferred to a calling group and are waiting<br />
in the queue or who are parked or camped-on, hear music<br />
while they are waiting. Internal callers never hear music on<br />
hold while waiting in the calling group queue or when they<br />
are parked, camped-on, or being transferred to another<br />
extension.<br />
■ Installation and Hardware<br />
Installation and hardware enhancements include the following:<br />
— The control unit covers for the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND<br />
<strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> are the same easy-to-use covers<br />
as those for the <strong>MERLIN</strong> II <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>.<br />
— A new 012 (tip/ring) module [apparatus code 517G13 (28) or<br />
higher letter] contains a built-in ring generator. The maximum<br />
ring equivalency number (REN) supported is 2.2, and the<br />
module will ring four ports at one time. Bridging of single-line<br />
telephones is not supported because of poor transmission<br />
quality.<br />
— A new 008 OPT module (labeled “with RING GEN.”) contains<br />
a built-in ring generator. It rings four ports at a time.<br />
— Ferrite cores for the power supply modules are shipped from<br />
the factory to comply with FCC Part 15 requirements.<br />
— 3129-WTWA (touch tone outdoor telephone equipped with<br />
cast aluminum housing and armored handset cord with bell<br />
ringers)<br />
— 3129-WRWA (rotary dial outdoor telephone equipped with<br />
cast aluminum housing and armored handset cord with bell<br />
ringers).<br />
— 3129-WAWA (auto dial outdoor telephone equipped with cast<br />
aluminum housing and armored handset cord with bell<br />
ringers).<br />
— 3129-WNWA (nondial, automatic ringing on dedicated circuit<br />
outdoor telephone equipped with cast aluminum housing and<br />
armored handset cord with bell ringers).<br />
■ Equipment and Operations<br />
Equipment and operations enhancements include the following:<br />
— A new release (Version 2.16) of the <strong>System</strong> Programming<br />
and Maintenance (SPM) software to support international<br />
use.<br />
— Support of PRI connection to DEFINITY‚ <strong>Communications</strong><br />
<strong>System</strong>s<br />
— MLX-10DP telephone, identical to an MLX-10D, except that it<br />
provides a jack for access to the PassageWay Solution<br />
and PassageWay Direct Connection Solution application.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
27
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Release 2.1 Enhancements (August 1994)<br />
■ Additional Application Packages, Telephones,<br />
Adjuncts, and Adapter<br />
Additional application packages, adjuncts, and adapter<br />
enhancements include the following:<br />
— A Digital Announcer Unit, compatible with all call<br />
management systems and tip/ring applications currently<br />
available for the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong><br />
<strong>System</strong>.<br />
— The HackerTracker system software enhancement to the<br />
Call Accounting <strong>System</strong> (CAS) detects abnormal calling<br />
activity by allowing monitoring of facilities or authorization<br />
code usage.<br />
— A new digital Magic On Hold unit is available in three<br />
configurations:<br />
— Basic Prerecorded Package<br />
— Personalized Package<br />
— Custom Production Package<br />
— The <strong>MERLIN</strong> ® Identifier application enables people to<br />
receive, store, and use information provided by the local<br />
telephone company, specifically, the telephone number of a<br />
caller in an area where the service is also supported.<br />
— An Off-Premises Range Extender (OPRE) supports offpremises<br />
operation with an off-premises extension capability<br />
and extended range operation for tip/ring devices as well as<br />
variable gain to improve voice transmission levels.<br />
— PagePac ® Plus Loudspeaker Paging <strong>System</strong>s do not require<br />
system adapters. The controller provides eight built-in zones<br />
(expandable to 56 zones by using up to three 16-zone<br />
expansion units), group zones, talkback, night bell, operator<br />
override, tones, door supervision, microphone input, and<br />
system access security codes as standard features.<br />
— PassageWay Solution (Release 1.0) software consisting of<br />
four applications that run with Microsoft ® Windows 3.1 or<br />
later and provide an interface between an IBM ® -compatible<br />
personal computer and the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND<br />
<strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>.<br />
— Four single-line telephones with memory buttons: 710, 715,<br />
725, and 730.<br />
— Four specialty handsets compatible with all MLX telephones<br />
and the 3101 series, 3178-NHL, 8102, and 8110 single-line<br />
telephones.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
28
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Release 2.0 Enhancements (October 1992)<br />
Release 2.0 Enhancements (October 1992)<br />
Refer to Release 2.0 Notes for detailed descriptions of Release 2.0<br />
enhancements. Release 2.0 includes all Release 1.1 functionality<br />
plus the enhancements listed below.<br />
■ Programming<br />
Programming enhancements include the following:<br />
— Extension Copy is a feature that reduces programming time<br />
by allowing the use of any extension as a template for<br />
programming another extension or block of extensions<br />
through centralized telephone programming.<br />
— Integrated Administration provides a single interface through<br />
Integrated Solution III (IS III) for programming entries<br />
common to the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong><br />
and AUDIX Voice Power.<br />
— Any SPM Version 2.xx (where xx is replaced by numbers)<br />
provides a Convert function for use in upgrading the system<br />
from Release 1.0 or 1.1. This function converts a backup file<br />
from a Release 1.0 or 1.1 system to Release 2.0 and later<br />
format, allowing reuse of existing system programming on<br />
the upgraded system.<br />
— Forced idle reductions keep system interruptions at a<br />
minimum. In general, the smallest necessary component is<br />
forced idle during programming activities. For example,<br />
renumbering a single extension idles only one extension.<br />
Only a few systemwide programming activities, such as<br />
setting the system mode and system renumbering, idle the<br />
entire system.<br />
■ Operational<br />
— <strong>System</strong> operational enhancements include the following:<br />
— Coverage VMS Off is a feature that prevents incoming<br />
outside calls from going to voice mail. (All other coverage<br />
remains active as programmed.) The feature is programmed<br />
extension by extension, either through extension<br />
programming or through centralized telephone programming.<br />
— A Night Service group can be programmed to include either<br />
extensions or a calling group as members. You should not<br />
program both individual extensions and a calling group into<br />
the Night Service group, however, because individuals will<br />
not have a chance to answer before calling group members<br />
do.<br />
— When AUDIX Voice Power sends a Leave Message<br />
notification to an extension, the system identifies the voice<br />
mail system as the sender of the message. When the voice<br />
mail subscriber uses the Return Call feature, the call goes to<br />
any available voice mail port, not just to the specific port that<br />
generated the message. This reduces the chance of getting<br />
a busy port.<br />
— Coverage receivers can call coverage senders and have the<br />
call receive coverage treatment. If a receiver calls a sender<br />
for whom he or she is covering, and the sender is busy or<br />
unavailable, the call proceeds to other points of coverage. It<br />
does not come back to the receiver who originated the call.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
29
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Release 2.0 Enhancements (October 1992)<br />
— Enhancements to display prompts include automatic posting<br />
of a Do Not Disturb message (for MLX display telephones or<br />
other multiline telephones, a Posted Message button must<br />
be programmed for the Do Not Disturb message to be posted<br />
automatically) when a user activates the Do Not Disturb<br />
feature, and confirmation messages when a user activates<br />
Hold, Privacy, Saved Number Dial, and Transfer.<br />
— Direct Inward Dialing (DID) trunk emulation on a T1 facility<br />
provides up to 24 DID channels on a single DS1 interface,<br />
instead of requiring 24 separate physical trunks.<br />
— A telephone user can send a timed flash (switchhook flash)<br />
on a loop-start trunk call on a <strong>System</strong> Access (SA) button.<br />
■ Fax Attendant <strong>System</strong><br />
Fax Attendant is an application for sending and receiving fax<br />
messages; its interface is similar to the voice mail interface<br />
provided by AUDIX Voice Power. Fax Attendant <strong>System</strong>, which<br />
co-resides with AUDIX Voice Power on the IS III platform,<br />
provides the following services:<br />
— Fax Call Coverage. Receives and holds messages for<br />
subscribers whose fax machines are busy or out of paper.<br />
This service also allows a subscriber to have a personal fax<br />
number without having a fax machine.<br />
— Fax Mail. Allows subscribers to create and use fax<br />
distribution lists, send and receive fax messages, and record<br />
personal greetings for incoming fax calls.<br />
— Fax Response. Prompts callers to select and receive faxes<br />
from a customer-created menu of choices, using touch-tone<br />
responses.<br />
■ 408 GS/LS-MLX Module<br />
The 408 GS/LS-MLX module (Releases 2.0 and later only)<br />
combines four line/trunk jacks for ground-start or loop-start<br />
trunks and eight extension jacks for MLX telephones on a single<br />
module in the control unit.<br />
■ Primary Rate Interface (PRI)<br />
Primary Rate Interface (PRI) enhancements include the<br />
following:<br />
— Connectivity to the 5ESS ® Generic 6<br />
— Multiple incoming calls to directory number<br />
— Call-by-Call Service Selection<br />
— Password handling for FTS2000<br />
— Extension ID as Calling Party Number for Automatic Number<br />
ID (ANI)<br />
■ Maintenance<br />
Maintenance enhancements include the following:<br />
— Clear descriptions of module test failures<br />
— Optional printing of hard copy of error logs<br />
— Display that correlates extension numbers with slot/port and<br />
logical ID<br />
— Display showing which slots, trunks, and extensions are<br />
maintenance busy<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
30
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Release 1.1 Enhancements (October 1992)<br />
— Internal digital switching element (DSE) loopback test for all<br />
modules<br />
— B-channel loopback test for MLX modules<br />
— B-channel line or call service states display<br />
— Error log entries for dual-port RAM errors<br />
Release 1.1 Enhancements (October 1992)<br />
Refer to Release 1.1 Notes for detailed descriptions of Release 1.1<br />
enhancements. Release 1.1 includes all Release 1.0 functionality<br />
plus the enhancements described in the following sections.<br />
■ Language Selection<br />
This selection allows you to program the system for the display<br />
of prompts, menus, and messages on MLX display telephones<br />
in English, French, or Spanish. You can also program the<br />
following options in any of these languages, independently of<br />
the system language:<br />
— Individual extensions with MLX telephones<br />
— <strong>System</strong> Programming and Maintenance (SPM)<br />
— <strong>System</strong> programming reports<br />
— SMDR report headers<br />
MLX-10D, MLX-20L, and MLX-28D display telephones and<br />
MLX-10 nondisplay telephones are available in three separate<br />
versions, with factory-set buttons in English, Spanish, or<br />
French. (The MLX-10DP is available in the English version<br />
only.) In addition, user and operator guides and telephone tray<br />
cards are available in all three languages.<br />
■ Programming and Maintenance<br />
Programming and maintenance enhancements include the<br />
following:<br />
— Additional Inspect capability in system programming.<br />
— Editing capability (Backspace selection) in extension<br />
programming.<br />
— Improvements to system reports.<br />
— An access log that records the last 20 times maintenance or<br />
system programming has been accessed.<br />
— Longer (20-second) gap between ring cycles for<br />
programming mode and Forced Idle tone.<br />
■ Operational<br />
<strong>System</strong> operational enhancements include the following:<br />
— Automatic selection of an SA button when Conference is<br />
invoked<br />
(Hybrid/PBX mode).<br />
— Prompting through Conference feature on MLX display<br />
telephones.<br />
— Relocation of the More prompt on the MLX-20L display.<br />
— Display of the number saved on a programmed Last Number<br />
Dial or Saved Number Dial button when the button is<br />
inspected.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
31
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Design Benefits<br />
■ SPM<br />
SPM enhancements include operation in English, French, or<br />
Spanish, faster backup and restore, and automatic onscreen<br />
display of reports as they are created, with a Browse capability<br />
for reading the reports.<br />
■ Equipment<br />
Additional equipment includes the 8102 and 8110 analog<br />
telephones, four headsets, two headset amplifiers, and a<br />
transparent protective cover for the MLX-10 and MLX-10D<br />
telephones. The 8102 and 8110 telephones are also compatible<br />
with Release 1.0.<br />
■ PF Registration<br />
PF registration number AS5USA-65646-PF-E is assigned by<br />
the FCC for operating the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong><br />
<strong>System</strong> in Hybrid/PBX mode in the United States. (The PF<br />
registration is also applicable to Release 1.0 systems.)<br />
Design Benefits<br />
Modular components allow easy, cost-effective growth in both size<br />
and function. For upgrades from the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND<br />
<strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>, all wiring and analog <strong>MERLIN</strong> <strong>System</strong><br />
telephones can be reused. For upgrades from the <strong>MERLIN</strong> II<br />
<strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>, certain trunk and extension modules can<br />
also be reused. The modules are 800, 400 (LS), 400EM, 012 T/R,<br />
008, and 408.<br />
Menu-driven system programming maintains the customer’s<br />
command of business operations.<br />
Built-in 1200/2400-bps modem allows fast access to the system<br />
by customers, Lucent Technologies personnel, or authorized<br />
dealers from a remote location for system programming and<br />
maintenance.<br />
Flexible mode of operation saves upgrade costs by allowing<br />
system configuration in one of three modes: Hybrid/PBX, Key, and<br />
Behind Switch. (The factory setting on the 3.0 processor board is<br />
Hybrid/PBX.)<br />
Connectivity to other systems in the Behind Switch mode<br />
optimizes existing resources by allowing the system to work as part<br />
of another <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>, <strong>System</strong> 25,<br />
<strong>System</strong> 75, <strong>System</strong> 85, DEFINITY 75/85, or other communications<br />
system. The control unit can connect to another system’s control<br />
unit via either an off-premises telephone (OPT) line or an analog or<br />
digital tie trunk.<br />
Digital 2.048-MHz bus supplies a 64-kbps channel on each of the<br />
216 time slots.<br />
68EC020 Motorola CPU running at 16 MHz with zero wait states<br />
provides fast system performance.<br />
Memory data retention saves time by ensuring that system and<br />
extension programming information is retained for five (5) days,<br />
depending on the system configuration, in case of power failure or<br />
system shutdown.<br />
Integrated voice and data capabilities allow users to talk while<br />
transmitting data at speeds up to 64 kbps.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
32
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Environmental Specifications<br />
DS1 interface can be configured for connection of either T1 or PRI<br />
for basic call control with the 4ESS or 5ESS PRI service<br />
specifications.<br />
Basic Rate interface (BRI) S/T protocol supports premier digital<br />
multiline (MLX) telephones with superior display capabilities and<br />
supports the ISDN terminal adapter Data Module for the connection<br />
of adjuncts.<br />
Environmental Specifications<br />
The control unit requires a regulated environment and can be<br />
located in any room or closet that is temperature-controlled and<br />
clean. Do not mount the control unit where it will be exposed to direct<br />
sunlight.<br />
In addition, the control unit should not be co-located with air<br />
conditioning or ventilation units, compressors, fans and blowers,<br />
heaters, arc welders, or other machinery that produces electrical<br />
interference.<br />
The control unit is mounted on a Lucent Technologies pre-drilled<br />
backboard.<br />
Once installed, it is important to keep the control unit site clear of<br />
hazards, such as stacked paper or boxes, that block ventilation.<br />
Installing any machinery in the vicinity of the control unit should be<br />
avoided. If any pollution-producing work (such as sanding or spray<br />
painting) is to be done in the area, care should be taken to protect<br />
the unit.<br />
The following table gives the environmental specifications for the<br />
control unit.<br />
Control Unit<br />
Fully loaded basic carrier<br />
Weight: 45 lb. (20.4 kg)<br />
Dimensions: 14 inches wide x 23 inches high x 12 inches<br />
deep<br />
(35.6 cm x 58.4 cm x 30.5 cm)<br />
Fully loaded 2-carrier system<br />
(basic carrier plus 1 expansion carrier)<br />
Weight: 90 lb. (40.8 kg)<br />
Dimensions: 25 inches wide x 23 inches high x 12 inches<br />
deep<br />
(63.5 cm x 58.4 cm x 30.5 cm)<br />
Fully loaded 3-carrier system<br />
(basic carrier plus 2 expansion carriers)<br />
Weight: 135 lb. (61.2 kg)<br />
Dimensions: 37 inches wide x 23 inches high x 12 inches<br />
deep<br />
(94 cm x 58.4 cm x 30.5 cm)<br />
Mean Time between Failures<br />
(mean/average time the system is expected to operate before any<br />
type of failure occurs) = 2.4 years for a system configured with 24<br />
trunks and 50 stations (extensions).<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
33
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Environmental Specifications<br />
Backboard Mounting Hardware Requirements<br />
This refers to the types of wall construction to which the backboard<br />
will be attached.<br />
Type of material Mounting Hardware<br />
Wood surface Wood screws<br />
Concrete surface, brick, cinder block Masonry anchors<br />
Plaster, plasterboard Toggle bolts<br />
Sheet-metal surface Sheet-metal screws<br />
Hardware has a combined pullout force of 650 lb. (294.8 kg). When<br />
mounting to sheet-metal walls, attach to structural members.<br />
Location<br />
Within 5 feet (1.5 m) of dedicated AC power outlet (1 plug per<br />
carrier).<br />
Within 1000 cable feet (304.8 m) of telephones.<br />
Heat Dissipation<br />
Fully loaded basic carrier 500 Btu/hr (35 cal/sec)<br />
Fully loaded 2-carrier system 1000 Btu/hr (70 cal/sec)<br />
(basic carrier with one expansion carrier)<br />
Fully loaded 3-carrier system 1500 Btu/hr (105 cal/sec)<br />
(basic carrier plus two expansion carriers)<br />
Power Requirements<br />
Basic carrier 117 VAC 60 Hz -15% to 10% 5.4A<br />
2-carrier 117 VAC 60 Hz -15% to 10% 10.8A<br />
3-carrier 117 VAC 60 Hz -15% to 10% 16.2A<br />
Temperature/Humidity Range<br />
40°–104°F (4°–40°C)<br />
20%-80% relative humidity<br />
Ventilation Clearances<br />
1 inch (2.5 cm) on right and left sides<br />
Radio Frequency Interference, Tolerance<br />
1.0 V/m<br />
Electromagnetic Interference (EMI)<br />
To reduce electromagnetic interference emissions (possible<br />
interference problems with handheld telephones), check the date of<br />
manufacture of the CPU (517A27) units. If they were manufactured<br />
before April, 1993, replace them with a later version.<br />
! CAUTION:<br />
■ For the control unit, do not use an AC outlet that is controlled<br />
by a wall switch or some other switch.<br />
■ Use an approved ground (AC receptacle for 3-prong plug).<br />
■ Do not install the control unit outdoors.<br />
■ Do not place the control unit near extreme heat (furnaces,<br />
heaters, attics, or direct sunlight).<br />
■ Do not expose the control unit to devices that generate<br />
electrical interference (such as arc welders or motors).<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
34
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Power and Grounding<br />
■ Do not place anything on top of carriers.<br />
■ Do not install the control unit under any device that may drip<br />
fluid, such as an air conditioner.<br />
■ Do not expose the control unit to moisture, corrosive gases,<br />
dust, chemicals, spray paint, or similar materials.<br />
Power and Grounding<br />
Proper power and grounding are essential for correct and safe<br />
functioning of the system.<br />
Power Specifications<br />
The system control unit plugs into a 117-VAC outlet. To avoid<br />
accidental disconnection of the system, this outlet should not be<br />
controlled by a wall switch.<br />
Each carrier unit requires its own power supply. Each power supply<br />
requires a maximum current of 5.4 amps. Therefore, if expansion<br />
carrier units are added to the system, extra AC outlets may be<br />
needed.<br />
Grounding Requirements<br />
Proper grounding of the installation site protects the system against<br />
the following:<br />
— Lightning<br />
— Power surges<br />
— Power crosses on outside lines/trunks<br />
— Electrostatic discharge (ESD)<br />
The local telephone company is responsible for providing protection<br />
of outside lines/trunks at the entrance to the site. The protection<br />
should consist of the following:<br />
— Carbon blocks or gas discharge tubes connected to an<br />
approved ground<br />
— Adequate bonding of the outside line/trunk protector ground<br />
and the power company ground<br />
! WARNING:<br />
An improper ground can result in equipment failures and<br />
service outages. Verify that the AC power uses an approved<br />
ground for its primary ground, that all voltage-limiting devices<br />
are grounded to an approved ground, and that the ground is<br />
one of the approved grounds listed below.<br />
The following is a list of approved grounds, starting with the most<br />
preferred:<br />
— Building steel.<br />
— Acceptable water pipe, must be a metal, underground water<br />
pipe at least 1/2-inch (30.4 cm) in diameter, and in direct<br />
contact with the earth for at least 10 feet (3 m).<br />
— It must be electrically continuous so that the protector ground<br />
is connected. (Check for insulated joints, plastic pipe, and<br />
plastic water meters that might interrupt electrical continuity.)<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
35
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Power and Grounding<br />
— A metallic underground water pipe must be supplemented by<br />
the metal frame of the building, a concrete-encased ground,<br />
or a ground ring.<br />
— Other local metal underground systems or local underground<br />
structures such as tanks and piping systems.<br />
— Rod and pipe electrodes, a 5/8-inch (1.6-cm) solid rod or<br />
3/4-inch (1.9-cm) conduit or pipe electrode driven to a<br />
minimum depth of 8 feet (244 cm).<br />
— Plate electrode, a minimum of 2 square feet (61 square cm)<br />
of metallic surface exposed to the exterior soil.<br />
— Concrete-encased ground, which must be an electrode,<br />
consisting of one of the following:<br />
— At least 20 feet (6.1 m) of one or more steel reinforcing<br />
rods, each being at least 1/2-inch (1.27 cm) in diameter.<br />
— 20 feet (6.1 m) of bare copper conductor not smaller than<br />
#4 AWG, encased in 2 inches (5 cm) of concrete. This<br />
electrode must be located within and near the bottom of a<br />
concrete foundation or roofing that is in direct contact with<br />
the earth.<br />
— Ground ring, consisting of at least 20 feet (6.1 m) of bare<br />
copper conductor not smaller than #2 AWG, encircling the<br />
building. The ground ring must be in direct contact with the<br />
earth and buried at least 2.5 feet (77 cm) below the earth’s<br />
surface.<br />
! WARNING:<br />
Do not use a metal underground gas piping system. This is a<br />
safety risk.<br />
For most power surges, the following standard grounding<br />
requirements provide adequate lightning and surge protection:<br />
— Properly wired/grounded/bonded outside line protectors<br />
— Properly wired/grounded AC outlet<br />
— Properly grounded single-point ground bar<br />
— Properly wired connection between single-point ground and<br />
power supplies<br />
Additional Power Surge Protection<br />
The 391C1, 391A3, 391A2, and 391A1 power supplies have built-in<br />
AC line protection. This built-in protection handles almost all<br />
situations.<br />
Occasionally, additional protection may be needed if the customer is<br />
located in a heavy lightning area. The following products are<br />
available:<br />
— The 147A protector provides AC surge protection for<br />
In-Range Out-of-Building (IROB) extensions. This protector<br />
can also provide surge protection for the 391A power supply<br />
module in heavy lightning areas.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
36
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Control Unit Interfaces<br />
— The 145D protector provides AC surge protection for the<br />
entire system, including the power supply module. One unit<br />
provides protection for six outlets.<br />
— The 146C protector provides Central Office (CO) line surge<br />
protection. One unit covers four CO lines.<br />
Complete installation instructions are provided with the surge<br />
protectors.<br />
Control Unit Interfaces<br />
Interface Applications<br />
BRI S/T 1 Control unit to MLX telephone<br />
ISDN Terminal Adapter<br />
DS1 Control unit to the following services:<br />
T1<br />
Emulated tie trunk<br />
Emulated DID<br />
Emulated loop-start<br />
Emulated ground-start<br />
PRI services<br />
ACCUNET ® switched digital service<br />
MEGACOM ® WATS<br />
MEGACOM 800<br />
Software Defined Network (SDN)<br />
MultiQuest ® 900 number services<br />
Connectivity to 5ESS Generic 6/7/8/FTS 2000<br />
Multiple incoming calls to directory number<br />
Call-by-Call Service Selection<br />
Password handling for FTS 2000<br />
SID-ANI as Calling Party Number<br />
RS-232-C Control unit to PC connected to<br />
system programming port<br />
Control unit to Lucent Technologies model<br />
572 printer, PC with CAS, or CAT connected<br />
to RS-232-C port<br />
Signaling<br />
Channel<br />
Rate<br />
16 kbps (D)<br />
64 kbps (B)<br />
64 kbps (B)<br />
and (D)<br />
64 kbps<br />
2400 bps<br />
or<br />
1200 bps<br />
1200 bps<br />
1 Call handling derived from CCITT recommendation Q.931.<br />
Audio/<br />
Data<br />
Rate<br />
2400 bps<br />
or<br />
1200 bps<br />
1200 bps<br />
ATL Control unit to analog multiline telephone 40kHz 300–<br />
3400 Hz<br />
Tip/Ring Control unit to single-line<br />
telephone, modem, fax, OPT, or<br />
voice mail system<br />
ETR Control unit to ETR telephone<br />
or MLS telephone<br />
40kHz 300–<br />
3400 Hz<br />
40kHz 300–<br />
3400 Hz<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
37
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Network Interface Requirements<br />
Network Interface Requirements<br />
Facility<br />
Network<br />
Line/Trunk Type Interface Code Interface<br />
Loop-start 02LS2 RJ11C, RJ14C, RJ21X<br />
Ground-start 02G S2 RJ11C, RJ14C, RJ21X<br />
DID 02RV2-T RJ11C, RJ14C, RJ21X<br />
OPT OL13C RJ11C, RJ14C<br />
Tie TL31M RJ2GX<br />
T1 04DU9-B<br />
04DU9-C<br />
RJ48C/X<br />
PRI 04DU9-BN<br />
(D4 with AMI)<br />
FCC Registration<br />
DOC Registration<br />
04DU9-DN<br />
(D4 with B8ZS)<br />
04DU9-IKN<br />
(ESF with AMI)<br />
04DU9-ISN<br />
(ESF and B8ZS)<br />
RJ48C/X<br />
BRI 021S5 RJ49<br />
Registration Number REN Type<br />
AS593M-72682-MF-E 1.5A Multi-function<br />
AS593M-72914-KF-E 1.5A Key only<br />
AS5USA-65646-PF-E 1.5A Hybrid/PBX<br />
DOC Certification No. CSA Certification No. Load No.<br />
230-4095A LR-56260 6<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
38
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Hardware and Software Capacities<br />
Hardware and Software Capacities<br />
You can configure the system as a stand-alone unit or as part of a<br />
private network. Maximum system capacities are as follows:<br />
— Up to 108 simultaneous two-party conversations<br />
NOTE:<br />
If more than 108 conversations are in progress at the same<br />
time, blocking can occur.<br />
— Up to 80 line/trunk jacks, including loop-start, ground-start,<br />
DID, tie, and DSI<br />
— Up to 400 extension endpoints that support a combination of<br />
the following:<br />
— Up to 272 physical extension jacks for telephones and<br />
adjuncts<br />
— Up to 200 logical digital data ports (through ISDN terminal<br />
adapters connected to jacks on the MLX module)<br />
providing RS-232 connections to data terminals and<br />
personal computers<br />
— <strong>System</strong> call-handling capability of 3828 hundred call seconds<br />
per hour (ccs/hr)<br />
— Up to three 100D DS1 modules, maximum two per carrier;<br />
the 24 channels on each 100D DSI module count toward the<br />
80 line/trunk capacity<br />
— Up to five 800 NI-BRI modules, maximum two per carrier<br />
(Release 4.0 and later)<br />
— One CTI link when operating in Hybrid/PBX mode<br />
The system has a total capacity of 352 physical jacks (80 outside<br />
lines/trunks plus 272 extensions); however, each MLX module<br />
extension jack supports two logical endpoints (extension devices<br />
that can operate simultaneously and independently of each other).<br />
For example, an MLX telephone with a Multi-Function Module<br />
(MFM) plugs into one extension jack, but the jack supports both the<br />
telephone and the equipment (for example, a fax or an analog<br />
modem) connected to the MFM.<br />
Similarly, although the 100D module has only one jack, it can serve<br />
up to 24 endpoints (emulated lines/trunks or PRI lines/trunks). Thus,<br />
you can configure the system to connect up to 80 lines/trunks and<br />
400 extension endpoints—a total of 480 endpoints.<br />
The next table, Hardware and Software Capacities, lists the<br />
hardware and software capacities of the system. Constraining<br />
Factors appear with a checkmark (✓) and are explained at the end<br />
of the table.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
39
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Hardware and Software Capacities<br />
Hardware and Software Capacities<br />
Limit<br />
Constraining<br />
Factor<br />
100D Module (maximum 2 per carrier) 3<br />
800 NI-BRI Module<br />
(maximum 3 per carrier)<br />
Account Codes<br />
5<br />
Characters per code<br />
Allowed/Disallowed Lists<br />
16<br />
Number of lists<br />
8<br />
Entries per list<br />
10<br />
Digits per entry<br />
7<br />
Authorization Codes<br />
400<br />
Digits per code<br />
Automatic Route Selection (ARS)<br />
11<br />
Number of ARS tables<br />
16<br />
Subpatterns per table<br />
2<br />
Routes per subpattern<br />
6<br />
Entries per table<br />
100<br />
Entries across all tables<br />
1600<br />
Default tables<br />
4<br />
Callback Calls in Queue<br />
Calling Groups<br />
64<br />
Number of groups<br />
Members per group<br />
32<br />
Local extensions only<br />
20 ✓<br />
Non-local extensions only<br />
1 ✓<br />
Total agents and supervisors<br />
200<br />
Total supervisors<br />
8<br />
Groups per member<br />
1<br />
Primary delay announcements per system<br />
200 ✓<br />
Secondary delay announcements per system 32 ✓<br />
Primary delay announcements per group<br />
10<br />
Secondary delay announcements per group<br />
1<br />
Groups per delay announcement<br />
32<br />
External alerts per group<br />
1<br />
Coverage groups per group<br />
Priority Queuing<br />
1<br />
Support Group<br />
31 home<br />
Home Group<br />
1 support<br />
Carriers<br />
3<br />
Line/trunk and extension module slots per<br />
✓<br />
basic carrier<br />
Line/trunk and extension module slots per<br />
5<br />
expansion carrier<br />
Maximum slots available for<br />
6<br />
line/trunk and extension modules<br />
17<br />
Coverage Groups<br />
Number of groups<br />
Senders per group<br />
Groups per sender<br />
Receiver buttons per group<br />
Groups per QCC receiver<br />
30<br />
400<br />
1<br />
8<br />
30<br />
✓<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
40
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Hardware and Software Capacities<br />
Hardware and Software Capacities (Continued)<br />
CTI Link 1 ✓<br />
Data Hunt Groups<br />
Number of groups<br />
Members per group<br />
Groups per member<br />
Direct Inward Dialing<br />
Number of blocks<br />
Number of trunks<br />
Directories<br />
<strong>System</strong> Directory<br />
Listings<br />
Extension Directory<br />
Listings<br />
Personal Directory (MLX-20L only)<br />
Listings<br />
32<br />
20<br />
1<br />
2<br />
80<br />
1<br />
130<br />
1<br />
200<br />
48<br />
50<br />
Endpoints (devices) 400<br />
Extensions<br />
Total physical jacks<br />
Total endpoints<br />
Limit<br />
200<br />
400<br />
Constraining<br />
Factor<br />
Fax Machines with Message Waiting 16 ✓<br />
Lines/Trunks 80<br />
Message Waiting Lamp Messages<br />
Night Service<br />
1499<br />
Groups<br />
8<br />
Members per group<br />
400<br />
Calling groups per group<br />
1<br />
Groups per member<br />
8<br />
Emergency Allowed List entries<br />
10<br />
Park codes (number of codes) 8<br />
Personal Lines 64<br />
Pool Buttons<br />
Ports (not simultaneously)<br />
64<br />
Voice Announce to Busy extensions<br />
200<br />
Voice Messaging interface (VMI)<br />
24 ✓<br />
ISDN Terminal Adapter<br />
200<br />
Paging<br />
3<br />
Primary delay announcements<br />
200 ✓<br />
Secondary delay announcements<br />
Remote Access<br />
32 ✓<br />
Number of barrier codes<br />
16<br />
Digits per code, systemwide<br />
Service Observing Groups<br />
4–11<br />
Number of groups<br />
16<br />
Observers per group<br />
1 ✓<br />
Members per group<br />
Shared <strong>System</strong> Access Buttons<br />
200 ✓<br />
Number of buttons per principal extension 27<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
41
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Constraining Factors<br />
Hardware and Software Capacities (Continued)<br />
Speed Dial<br />
Personal Speed Dial<br />
Entries per telephone<br />
Entries per system<br />
Digits per entry<br />
<strong>System</strong> Speed Dial<br />
Entries per system<br />
Digits per entry<br />
<strong>System</strong> Operating Consoles<br />
Direct-line consoles (DLCs)<br />
MLX-20L or MLX-28D<br />
BIS-22D, BIS-34D, or <strong>MERLIN</strong> II<br />
<strong>System</strong> Display Consoles<br />
QCCs<br />
Combination of DLCs plus QCCs<br />
DSSs<br />
Number of consoles per module<br />
408 GS/LS-MLX, 408GS/LS-ID-MLX, or<br />
008 MLX<br />
016 MLX<br />
408 (LS-ATL) or 008 (ATL)<br />
<strong>System</strong> Programming Equipment<br />
MLX-20L<br />
RS-232 jack for PC with SPM or WinSPM<br />
Modem (built-in processor module)<br />
Telephones (not simultaneously)<br />
Analog multiline<br />
Without Voice Announce to Busy<br />
With Voice Announce to Busy<br />
MLX-20L<br />
All other MLX telephones<br />
(with/without ISDN terminal adapter/MFM)<br />
Single-line<br />
ETR/MLS<br />
Power failure transfer<br />
Constraining Factors<br />
Limit<br />
24<br />
1200<br />
28<br />
130<br />
40<br />
This section describes the constraining factors that limit the<br />
capabilities supplied in the previous table.<br />
Calling Groups<br />
Members of groups. QCCs cannot be members of calling groups<br />
because the QCC position is set up as a system operator and has<br />
its own queue, which is different from the group’s queue.<br />
Members per group. The maximum number of local extensions in a<br />
calling group is 20. The maximum number of non-local extensions<br />
in a calling group is 1. A calling group cannot contain both local and<br />
non-local extensions.<br />
8<br />
8<br />
4<br />
8<br />
16<br />
2<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
1<br />
1<br />
136<br />
68<br />
48<br />
200<br />
200<br />
200<br />
20<br />
Constraining<br />
Factor<br />
Two-Party Conversations 108 ✓<br />
Voice Messaging <strong>System</strong>s 24<br />
✓<br />
✓<br />
✓<br />
✓<br />
✓<br />
✓<br />
✓<br />
✓<br />
✓<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
42
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Constraining Factors<br />
Primary and secondary delay announcements per system. With<br />
Release 5.0 and later systems, up to 10 primary and one secondary<br />
announcement device can be designated for each calling group.<br />
Each announcement device decreases the 200 tip/ring station<br />
capacity.<br />
Carriers<br />
The first slot of the basic carrier is used for the processor module,<br />
with a maximum of 5 port/board slots.<br />
Coverage Groups<br />
Senders per group. QCCs cannot be senders because they do not<br />
have coverage available and use Position-Busy instead.<br />
CTI Link<br />
One CTI link is supported in Hybrid/PBX mode only.<br />
Fax Machines with Message Waiting<br />
The system can support more than 16 fax machines, but those in<br />
excess of 16 cannot use fax message waiting indication.<br />
Ports (not simultaneously)<br />
Voice Messaging Interface. Although the system software supports<br />
up to 24 VMI ports, all VMI ports must be in the same calling group,<br />
and the maximum number of extensions in a calling group is 20.<br />
Service Observing Groups<br />
A Service Observer station must be an MLX telephone (except QCC<br />
or CTI link). A Service Observing group member station can be any<br />
telephone except QCC or CTI link. The maximum number of<br />
members per Service Observing group is equal to the maximum<br />
number of extensions in the system.<br />
NOTE:<br />
Service Observing may be subject to federal, state, or local<br />
laws, rules, or regulations or require the consent of one or<br />
both of the call parties. You must check in your jurisdiction and<br />
comply with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations before<br />
using this feature. Failure to comply may result in severe<br />
penalties.<br />
Speed Dial<br />
Personal Speed Dial. Single-line and 5- or 10-button telephones.<br />
<strong>System</strong> Operator Consoles<br />
DLCs. Two consoles are allowed for each 408 MLX, 008 MLX, or<br />
analog multiline module, and four consoles are allowed for each 016<br />
MLX module (Release 7.0 and later). A maximum of eight DLC<br />
consoles are allowed per system. Up to two DSSs can be attached<br />
to an MLX operator console, and one is built into the <strong>MERLIN</strong> II<br />
<strong>System</strong> Display Console.<br />
QCCs. Two consoles are allowed for each 408 MLX or 008 MLX<br />
module, and four consoles are allowed for each 016 MLX module<br />
(Release 7.0 and later). A maximum of four QCC consoles are<br />
allowed per system.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
43
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Constraining Factors<br />
<strong>System</strong> Programming Equipment<br />
Remote access overrides onsite programming except during<br />
backup or restore.<br />
Telephones (not simultaneously)<br />
MLX-20L. RAM limit and the total includes the MLX-20L telephone<br />
used for system programming.<br />
All other MLX telephones. RAM limit. An MFM and an ISDN terminal<br />
adapter cannot be connected to the same telephone (including the<br />
MLX-20L) at the same time.<br />
Single-line. Software dial plan limit.<br />
Power failure transfer. 1 for each 4 LS or GS line/trunk jacks.<br />
ETR/MLS. RAM limit.<br />
Two-Party Conversations<br />
216 time slots.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
44
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Component<br />
MODELS<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND R7<br />
PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />
Control Unit 6140-CU7<br />
R7.0 Processor (CKE4) 108424136 517P33A<br />
Power Supply Module<br />
Backplane/Basic Housing<br />
107793275 391C1<br />
and Carrier 108059304 403J Wall<br />
CU Cover 106905953 18A<br />
Empty Filler Module 107005720<br />
Backup Card 107779878 10A2<br />
WinSPM CD ROM – Customer 408059376 555-670-804<br />
Customer Ref. CD-ROM 1 <strong>System</strong> Manager Quick<br />
108370347 555-670-800<br />
Reference (paper) 108370321 555-670-119<br />
Note: As of 1/18/99, bundles are no longer offered.<br />
UPGRADES<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Hardware Upgrade—<br />
(ships new CPU) R1/R2/R3 (installs prior<br />
to April 1998) /R4/R5/R6.0 to R7 6141-U7LA<br />
R7.0 Processor (CKE4) 108424136 517P33A<br />
Backup Card 107779878 10A2<br />
WinSPM CD ROM – Customer 408059376 555-670-804<br />
Customer Ref. CD-ROM1 <strong>System</strong> Manager Quick<br />
108370347 555-670-800<br />
Reference (paper)<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Software Upgrade—<br />
108370321 555-670-119<br />
R3.1 (since April 1998) /R6.1 to R7 2 6141-119A<br />
Forced Install Card 108387929 10J1<br />
WinSPM CD ROM – Customer 408059376 555-670-804<br />
Customer Ref. CD-ROM1 <strong>System</strong> Manager Quick<br />
108370347 555-670-800<br />
Reference (paper) 108370321 555-670-119<br />
Note: To Upgrade from <strong>MERLIN</strong> II to R7, use <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Control Unit<br />
ordering codes (6140-CU7).<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Upgrade—Free Hardware<br />
Upgrade from R5/R6 to R73 6141-U7LP<br />
R7.0 Processor (CKE4) 108424136 517P33A<br />
Backup Card 107779878 10A2<br />
WinSPM CD ROM - Customer 408059376 555-670-804<br />
Customer Ref. CD-ROM1 <strong>System</strong> Manager Quick<br />
108370347 555-670-800<br />
Reference (paper)<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Upgrade—Free<br />
108370321 555-670-119<br />
Software Upgrade from R6.1 to R73 6141-119P<br />
Forced Install Card 108387929 10J1<br />
WinSPM CD ROM – Customer 408059376 555-670-804<br />
Customer Ref. CD-ROM1 <strong>System</strong> Manager Quick<br />
108370347 555-670-800<br />
Reference (paper) 108370321 555-670-119<br />
ADDITIONAL CONTROL UNIT COMPONENTS<br />
Power Supply 61477/A 107779878 391C1<br />
2 MB Blank PCMCIA<br />
61475/A<br />
Backup/Restore Card<br />
107779878 10A2<br />
4 MB Blank PCMCIA<br />
61501<br />
Backup/Restore Card<br />
107245243 10A1<br />
Customer Ref. Paper Manuals 61612/A2 108370255 555-670-100<br />
SPM Version 7.15 – DOS 61530/A 108411273<br />
SPM Version 7.15 – UNIX for IS 61550A 108411281<br />
WinSPM CD ROM – External Use 6140-SPM 408059376 555-670-802<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
45
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
WinSPM Floppy – External Use<br />
WinSPM CD ROM –<br />
6141-SPM 408059384 555-670-803<br />
Internal Services Use<br />
WinSPM Floppy –<br />
408059392 555-670-804<br />
Internal Services Use 408059400 555-670-805<br />
Expansion Unit<br />
Expansion Wall Mount with<br />
61490/A<br />
102799<br />
Top/Front Cover 107007122 403H<br />
Power Supply 107793275 391C1<br />
Top/Front Cover (Choose One)<br />
Cov99<br />
106905953 18A<br />
5 (No Covers)<br />
Cov01 (One Top/One Front)<br />
Cov02 (Two Top/Two Front)<br />
Empty Module (Choose One)<br />
MOD90<br />
107005720 19A<br />
4 Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />
Component PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />
(No Module)<br />
MOD01 (One Module)<br />
Kit of Parts (Cover Labels and Ferrite<br />
Cores; not in PEC 61490)<br />
Plastic Backboard Hardware<br />
107005027 D182764<br />
Template 847009206<br />
Backboard (31.5’’ x 27’’) 847007523<br />
Shipping Container 847087376<br />
Shipping Tray 847087392<br />
Shipping Insert (pair) 847087384<br />
Network X-Conn: RJ-21X 403613003<br />
Station X-Conn: BR2580-66 Block<br />
Line/Trunk and Extension Modules<br />
405464777<br />
008 (ATL) 61485/A 105351092 517B3<br />
008 MLX 61486/A 108333717 517c21<br />
008 OPT + Ring Generator 61479/A 107731994 517E28<br />
012 (T/R) + Ring Generator 61494/A 107989584 517J13<br />
016 (T/R) with 4 TTRs 61507/A 108359571 517D34<br />
016 ETR with 4 TTRs 61551/A 108333659 517A54<br />
016 MLX 61511/A 108333659 517A54<br />
100D(DS1) 61491/A 108044769 517M15<br />
800 DID 61488/A 108318478 517G20<br />
800 NI-BRI 61510/A 108318494 517B35<br />
400EM (tie trunk) 61492/A 108314261 517D14<br />
400 GS/LS/TTR 61483/A 107091399 517C18<br />
408 GS/LS (ATL) 61481/A 107091407 517D26<br />
408 GS/LS-ID-MLX 61505/A 108333733 517E29<br />
800 DID with 2 TTRs 61488/A 108318478 517G20<br />
800 GS/LS-ID ICL with 4 TTRs 61502/A 108357609 517B31<br />
Vintage Line/Trunk and Extension Modules<br />
408 LS/ATL 61482 105512495 517C1<br />
INACTIVE Models/Bundles and Modules<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND R3<br />
6140-C31<br />
Control Unit (Inactive)<br />
105846<br />
Power Supply 107793275 391C1<br />
CKE4 Processor 108182643 517D33A<br />
Translation Card 107245243 10A1<br />
Backplane 107007114 403G<br />
Customer Ref. Manuals 108251877<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND MLX/ATL 6140-61D<br />
Bundle (Inactive)<br />
106711<br />
R6.1 Processor (CKE4) 108282765 517M33A<br />
Power Supply 107793275 391C1<br />
Backup Card 107779878 10A2<br />
SPM–DOS 6.25 108389628 TBD<br />
Backplane 108059304 403J Wall<br />
CU Cover (Attribute: COV01) 106905953 18A<br />
Empty Module (Attr: MDL01) 107005720<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
46
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
408 GS/LS-MLX Mod<br />
(QTY: 2) 108236902 517D29<br />
008 ATL Module 105351092 517B3<br />
Customer Ref. CD-ROM1 (Attribute: DOC52) 108289034 555-661-800<br />
Customer Ref. Paper Manuals2 (Attribute: DOC51)<br />
Network Ref. Paper Manual<br />
108303264 555-661-100<br />
(Attribute: NRD01) 108289703 555-661-150<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND 016/ATL/MLX 6140-61F<br />
Bundle (Inactive)<br />
106712<br />
R6.1 Processor (CKE4) 108282765 517M33A<br />
Power Supply 107793275 391C1<br />
Backup Card 107779878 10A2<br />
SPM–DOS 6.25 108389628 TBD<br />
Backplane 108059304 403J Wall<br />
CU Cover (Attribute: COV01) 106905953 18A<br />
Empty Module (Attr: MDL01) 107005720<br />
408 GS/LS-MLX Module 108236902 517D29<br />
408 GS/LS/ATL Module 107091407 517D26<br />
016 T/R Module 107856551 517C34<br />
Customer Ref. CD-ROM1 (Attribute: DOC52) 108289034 555-661-800<br />
Customer Ref. Paper Manuals2 (Attribute: DOC51)<br />
Network Ref. Paper Manual<br />
108303264 555-661-100<br />
(Attribute: NRD01) 108289703 555-661-150<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND 016/MLX 6140-61G<br />
Bundle (Inactive)<br />
106713<br />
R6.1 Processor (CKE4) 108282765 517M33A<br />
Power Supply 107793275 391C1<br />
Backup Card 107779878 10A2<br />
SPM–DOS 6.25 108389628 TBD<br />
Backplane 108059304 403J Wall<br />
CU Cover (Attribute: COV01) 106905953 18A<br />
Empty Module (Attr: MDL01)<br />
408 GS/LS-ID-MLX Mod<br />
107005720<br />
(QTY: 2) 108236902 517D29<br />
016 T/R Module 107856551 517C34<br />
Customer Ref. CD-ROM1 (Attribute: DOC52) 108289034 555-661-800<br />
Customer Ref. Paper Manuals2 (Attribute: DOC51)<br />
Network Ref. Paper Manual<br />
108303264 555-661-100<br />
(Attribute: NRD01) 108289703 555-661-150<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND 3150 DS1 CSU 6140-61I<br />
Bundle (Inactive)<br />
106714<br />
R6.1 Processor (CKE4) 108282765 517M33A<br />
Power Supply 107793275 391C1<br />
Backup Card 107779878 10A2<br />
SPM–DOS 6.25 108389628 TBD<br />
Backplane 108059304 403J Wall<br />
CU Cover (Attribute: COV01) 106905953 18A<br />
Empty Module (Attr: MDL01) 107005720<br />
T1 ESF CSU 107564510<br />
DS1 Module 108044769 517M15<br />
DB15-D515 Screw Slide Latch 107369324<br />
CJ48M-RJ48M Cable 107369274<br />
Customer Ref. CD-ROM1 (Attribute: DOC52) 108289034 555-661-800<br />
Customer Ref. Paper Manuals2 Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />
Component PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />
(Attribute: DOC51) 108303264 555-661-100<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
47
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />
Component<br />
Network Ref. Paper Manual<br />
PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />
(Attribute: NRD01) 108289703 555-661-150<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND DS1 DSU/ 6140-61J<br />
CSU Bundle (Inactive)<br />
106715<br />
R6.1 Processor (CKE4) 108282765 517M33A<br />
Power Supply 107793275 391C1<br />
Backup Card 107779878 10A2<br />
SPM–DOS 6.25 108389628 TBD<br />
Backplane 108059304 403J Wall<br />
CU Cover (Attribute: COV01) 106905953 18A<br />
Empty Module (Attr: MDL01) 107005720<br />
T1 DSU/CSU 107563983<br />
DS1 Module 108044769 517M15<br />
DB15-D515 Screw Slide Latch 107369324<br />
CJ48M-RJ48M Cable 107369274<br />
CA Assembly DR 107369340<br />
MTG-DR Bracket 107369803<br />
Customer Ref. CD-ROM1 (Attribute: DOC52) 108289034 555-661-800<br />
Customer Ref. Paper Manuals2 (Attribute: DOC51)<br />
Network Ref. Paper Manual<br />
108303264 555-661-100<br />
(Attribute: NRD01)<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND 012 to 016 T/R<br />
108289703 555-661-150<br />
Trade-in Package (Inactive) 6141-T40A<br />
016 T/R Module 107856551 517C34<br />
Customer Ref. Paper Manuals2 108303264 555-661-100<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND MLX/012 T/R 6140-31C<br />
Bundle (Inactive)<br />
105845<br />
Power Supply 107793275 391C1<br />
Backplane 107007114 403G<br />
Translation Card 107245243 10A1<br />
CKE4 Processor<br />
408 GS/LS-MLX Mod.<br />
108182643 517D33A<br />
(QTY: 2) 108236902 517D29<br />
012 T/R Module w/Ring Gen. 107989584 517J13 (28)<br />
Customer Ref. Manuals 108251877<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND MLX/ATL 6140-31D<br />
Bundle (Inactive)<br />
105844<br />
Power Supply 107793275 391C1<br />
Backplane 107007114 403G<br />
Translation Card 107245243 10A1<br />
CKE4 Processor<br />
408 GS/LS-MLX Mod<br />
108182643 517D33A<br />
(QTY: 2) 108236902 517D29<br />
008 ATL Module 105351092 517B3<br />
Customer Ref. Manuals 108251877<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND MLX/ATL/012 6140-31E<br />
Package (Inactive)<br />
105843<br />
CKE4 Processor 108182643 517D33A<br />
Backplane 107007114 403G<br />
Power Supply 107793275 391C1<br />
Translation Card 107245243 10A1<br />
408 GS/LS-MLX Module 108236902 517E29<br />
012 T/R Module w/Ring Gen. 107989584 517J13<br />
408 GS/LS/ATL Module 107044877 517C26<br />
Customer Ref. Manuals<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Upgrade—<br />
R1/R2 to R3 (Inactive)<br />
108251877<br />
R3.1 Processor 107752693 517D33<br />
Translation Card 107245243 10A1<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
48
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
SPM—UNIX 107741266<br />
SPM—DOS 107741258<br />
R3.0 Customer Ref. Manuals<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Upgrade—<br />
M II to R3 (Inactive)<br />
107713679<br />
R3.1 Processor 107752693 517D33<br />
Blank Translation Card<br />
Kit of Parts (Cover Labels and<br />
107245243 10A1<br />
Ferrite Cores) 107005027 D182764<br />
R3.0 Customer Ref. Manuals<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND R3 to R3.1<br />
Upgrade (Inactive)<br />
107713679<br />
Forced Installation Card 107752677 10B2<br />
Doc Release Notes<br />
Telephones<br />
MLX Telephones<br />
MLX-5<br />
107747479<br />
®<br />
English (black) 3156-0BB 107894719 7712D05D-003<br />
English (white)<br />
MLX-5D<br />
3156-0BW 107894727 7712D05D-264<br />
®<br />
English (black) 3156-0DB 107894735 7712D06D-003<br />
English (white)<br />
MLX-10<br />
3156-0DW 107894743 7712D06D-264<br />
English (black) 3156-02B 107108722 7712D01D-003<br />
English (white) 3156-02W 107108748 7712D01D-264<br />
French (black) 3156-F2I 107108797 7712D01D(29)-003<br />
French (white) 3156-F2I 107108789 7712D01D(29)-264<br />
Spanish (black) 3156-S2I 107108755 7712D01D(22)-003<br />
Spanish (white)<br />
MLX-10D<br />
3156-S2I 107108771 7712D01D(22)-264<br />
English (black) 3156-03B 107108870 7712D02D-003<br />
English (white) 3156-03W 107108888 7712D02D-264<br />
French (black) 3156-F3I 107108938 7712D02D(29)-003<br />
French (white) 3156-F3I 107108920 7712D02D(29)-264<br />
Spanish (black) 3156-S3I 107108904 7712D02D(22)-003<br />
Spanish (white)<br />
MLX-10DP<br />
3156-S3I 107108912 7712D02D(22)-264<br />
English (black) 3156-06B 107108946 7712D04D-003<br />
English (white)<br />
MLX-16DP<br />
3156-06W 107108953 7712D04D-264<br />
®<br />
Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />
Component PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />
English (black) 3156-07B 106922271 7715D01D-003<br />
English (white) 3156-07W 106922289 7715D01D-264<br />
Spanish (black) 3156-S7I 106987423 7715D01D(22)-003<br />
Spanish (white) 3156-S7I 106987456 7715D01D(22)-264<br />
French (black) 3156-F7I 106987472 7715D01D(29)-003<br />
French (white) 3156-F7I 106987498 7715D01D(29)-264<br />
East. Europe (black) 3156-S7I 106987506 7715D01D(22)-003<br />
East. Europe (white)<br />
MLX-20L<br />
3156-S7I 106987514 7715D01D(22)-264<br />
English (black) 3156-05B 107108979 7713D01D-003<br />
English (white) 3156-05W 107108987 7713D01D-264<br />
French (black) 3156-F5I 107109027 7713D01D(29)-003<br />
French (white) 3156-F5I 107109019 7713D01D(29)-264<br />
Spanish (black) 3156-S5I 107108995 7713D01D(22)-003<br />
Spanish (white)<br />
MLX-28D<br />
3156-S5I 107109001 7713D01D(22)-264<br />
English (black) 3156-04B 107115800 7713D02D-003<br />
English (white) 3156-04W 107115818 7713D02D-264<br />
French (black) 3156-F4I 107115842 7713D02D(29)-003<br />
French (white) 3156-F4I 107115859 7713D02D(29)-264<br />
Spanish (black) 3156-S4I 106613599 7713D02D(22)-003<br />
Spanish (white) 3156-S4I 106613607 7713D02D(22)-264<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
49
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />
Component<br />
MLX Secure Telephones<br />
MLX-10DS<br />
PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />
English (black)<br />
MLX-28DS<br />
3156-03S 107185076 7712DO2D1-003<br />
English (black)<br />
MLX-20LS<br />
3156-04S 107185050 7713D02D1-003<br />
English (black) 3156-05S 107185068 7713D01D1-003<br />
Fiber Interface Card<br />
406981217 93030.2 FIB INT<br />
with Ring Generator<br />
Chassis with Power<br />
61393<br />
PRN<br />
Supply, Blank Cover 6139-SFS 406981225 93030.8C MINI<br />
800 LS Card<br />
Inactive MLX Telephones<br />
MLX-5<br />
61394 406981241 903030.3 2 WIRE<br />
PRN<br />
French (black) 107926834 7712D05D(29)-003<br />
French (white) 107926842 7712D05D(29)-264<br />
Spanish (black) 107926859 7712D05D(22)-003<br />
Spanish (white) 107926867 7712D05D(22)-264<br />
Hungarian (black) 107926875 7712D05D(30)-003<br />
Hungarian (white)<br />
MLX-5D<br />
107926883 7712D05D(30)-264<br />
French (black) 107926891 7712D06D(29)-003<br />
French (white) 107926909 7712D06D(29)-264<br />
Spanish (black) 107926917 7712D06D(22)-003<br />
Spanish (white) 107926925 7712D06D(22)-264<br />
Hungarian (black) 107926933 7712D06D(30)-003<br />
Hungarian (white)<br />
ETR (PARTNER)<br />
107926941 7712D06D(30)-264<br />
ETR-6 (black) 3158-04B/A 107854788 7311H12A-003<br />
ETR-6 (white) 3158-04W/A 107854796 7311H12A-264<br />
ETR-6 (gray) 3158-04G/A 107854804 7311H12A-323<br />
ETR-18 (black) 3158-05B/A 107854812 7311H13A-003<br />
ETR-18 (white) 3158-05W/A 107854820 7311H13A-264<br />
ETR-18 (gray) 3158-05G/A 107854838 7311H13A-323<br />
ETR-18D (black) 3158-07B/A 107854846 7311H14A-003<br />
ETR-18D (white) 3158-07W/A 107854853 7311H14A-264<br />
ETR-18D (gray) 3158-07G/A 107854861 7311H14A-323<br />
ETR-34D (black) 3158-08B/A 107854054 7515H04A-003<br />
ETR-34D (white) 3158-08W/A 107854062 7515H04A-264<br />
ETR-34D (gray)<br />
MLS (Inactive)<br />
3158-08G/A 107320749 7515H04A-323<br />
MLS-6 (black) 3151-04B/A 107092165<br />
MLS-6 (white) 3151-04W/A 107092181<br />
MLS-12 (black) 3151-05B/A 107092116<br />
MLS-12 (white) 3151-05W/A 107092124<br />
MLS-12D (black) 3151-06B/A 107092157<br />
MLS-12D (white) 3151-06W/A 107092132<br />
MLS-18D (black) 3151-07B/A 107092215<br />
MLS-18D (white) 3151-07W/A 107092207<br />
MLS-34D (black) 3151-08B/A 106927551<br />
MLS-34D (white) 3151-08W/A 106927569<br />
Analog Multiline Telephones (black)<br />
BIS-10 3165-10B/A 107137671 7313HO1C-003<br />
BIS-22 3166-22B/A 107137689 7314HO1C-003<br />
BIS-22D 3166-DSB/A 107623449 7315HO1F-003<br />
BIS-34D 3167-DSB/A 107635476 7317HO1F-003<br />
Inactive Analog Multiline Telephones (black)<br />
MLC-5 105515332 7312HO1C-003<br />
5-Button 105217426 Z7302H01D-003<br />
10-Button 106641079 Z7303H01D-003<br />
10-Button HFAI 106641053 Z7309H01C-003<br />
34-Button Deluxe 106641046 Z7305H02D-003<br />
34-Button BIS 106641087 Z7305H03D-003<br />
34-Button 106641061 Z7305H01B-003<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
50
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />
Component PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />
34-Button BIS/DIS 106641095 Z7305H04C-003<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> PFC (ATL) 106681562 SET COMM 50A<br />
PFC paper<br />
Single-Line Telephones<br />
406956367<br />
2500 YMGL 3101-KFD/A<br />
Black 107005043 2500YMGL-003<br />
Misty cream<br />
2500 YMGM<br />
107005050 2500YMGL-215<br />
Black 107732422 2500YMGM-003<br />
Misty cream 107732430 2500YMGM-215<br />
2500 MMGL 3101-KBD/A<br />
Black 107023236 2500MMGL-003<br />
Misty cream<br />
6210<br />
107023277 2500MMGL-215<br />
Deep gray 3198-10G/A<br />
Lucent white<br />
6220<br />
3198-10W/A<br />
Deep gray 3198-20G/A<br />
Lucent white<br />
Inactive Single-Line Telephones<br />
2500 YMGK<br />
(message waiting, recall,<br />
touch-tone, desk)<br />
3198-20W/A<br />
Black 105480578 2500YMGK-003<br />
Misty cream<br />
2500 MMGK<br />
(recall, touch-tone, desk)<br />
105480560 2500YMGK-215<br />
Black 105414130 2500MMGK-003<br />
Misty cream<br />
2500 MMGJ<br />
(touch-tone, desk)<br />
105414122 2500MMGK-215<br />
Black 105414155 2500MMGJ-003<br />
Misty cream<br />
2554 MMGJ<br />
(touch-tone, wall)<br />
105414148 2500MMGJ-215<br />
Black 105480081 2554MMGJ-003<br />
Misty cream<br />
500 MM<br />
(rotary, desk)<br />
105480032 2554MMGJ-215<br />
Black 103870234 500MM-03<br />
Ivory 103870226 500MM-50<br />
Beige<br />
554 BMPA<br />
(rotary, wall)<br />
103870267 500MM-60<br />
Black 103823498 554BMPA-3<br />
Ivory 103823506 554BMPA-50<br />
8110M Analog Voice 3193-001<br />
Black 107535841 8110A01D-003 811<br />
Kit (4 black sets) 107538399 8110A01D-003<br />
White 107535858 8110A01D-264 811<br />
Kit (4 white sets) 107538401 8110A01D-264<br />
8102M Analog Voice 3192-001<br />
Black 107538357 8102A01C-003 810<br />
Kit (4 black sets) 107538373 8102A01C-003<br />
White 107538365 8102A01C-264 810<br />
Kit (4 white sets) 107538381 8102A01C-264<br />
8101 Analog Voice 3192-101<br />
Black 107730475 8101A01-B003<br />
White<br />
Wireless Telephones<br />
107730483 8101A01-B264<br />
BC 905 Business Cordless 3206-02B 1081660 59<br />
Battery 32091 407759729<br />
Belt Clip 3206-CLP 847903614<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
51
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />
Component<br />
MDW 9031P TransTalk<br />
Wireless Telephone Set<br />
(stand-alone product<br />
shipped w/ power pack)<br />
PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />
Black<br />
MDW 9031P TransTalk<br />
Wireless Telephone Set<br />
(sets for use with wireless<br />
carrier assembly)<br />
3204-07B<br />
Black<br />
TransTalk Wireless<br />
3204-W7B<br />
Carrier Assembly 3204-CR3 117A1<br />
Headset 3122-042<br />
Headpiece 407713718<br />
QD Cord<br />
Headset (packaged with<br />
407714401<br />
an adapter) 3122-043<br />
Headpiece 407720739<br />
QD Cord<br />
Battery Pack<br />
407714401<br />
Black 32045 107733107<br />
Extended Life Battery 32049 107733115<br />
Carrying Case (Holster) 32090 848026092<br />
Inactive Cordless/Wireless Telephones<br />
Model 5405 106440472 CS6300U30A-2292<br />
Model 5455<br />
MDC 9000 Business<br />
Cordless Telephone Set<br />
106440464 CS6300U29A-2292<br />
White 107304982 7311H11B-264<br />
Black<br />
Battery Pack for MDW 9010<br />
107304974 7311H11B-003<br />
White 106760812<br />
Black<br />
Special-Purpose Telephones<br />
106760804<br />
Touch-tone Outdoor WL 8800-031 407380922 2526<br />
Manual Dial Outdoor WL 8800-002 407380955 526<br />
Auto-Dial Outdoor WL<br />
Explosive Atmosphere<br />
Telephones<br />
2520B<br />
8800-003 407380930 526 AMACADL<br />
5<br />
Touch-tone, Wall 3129-ETW 103873030 2520B-3<br />
Inactive Special-Purpose Telephones<br />
520B<br />
Rotary, Desk 103873048 520B-3<br />
Rotary Outdoor WL<br />
Consoles<br />
DSS<br />
105727444 526<br />
English (black) 3156-DCB 106902463 604B1-003<br />
English (white) 3156-DCW 106902489 604B1-264<br />
Spanish (black) 3156-SDI 107013294 604B1(22)-003<br />
Spanish (white)<br />
Inactive Consoles<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> II<br />
3156-SDI 107013302 604B1(22)-264<br />
<strong>System</strong> Display Console 105229744 7318H01A-003<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
52
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Applications<br />
SPM Version 2.16–DOS 61495 107259905<br />
SPM Version 2.16–UNIX 61496 107259913<br />
SPM Version 3.18–DOS 61495 107259905<br />
SPM Version 3.18–UNIX 61496 107259913<br />
SPM Version 4.15–DOS 61508 107886608<br />
SPM Version 4.15–UNIX 61509 107886624<br />
SPM Version 5.15–DOS 61515 108007774<br />
SPM Version 5.15–UNIX 61514 108007782<br />
SPM Version 6.15–DOS 61526 108096132<br />
SPM Version 6.15–UNIX 61527/A 108096140<br />
SPM Version 6.25–DOS 61528/A 108280165<br />
SPM Version 6.25–UNIX 61529/A 108280546<br />
SPM Version 7.15–DOS 61530/A 108411273<br />
SPM Version 7.15–UNIX for IS 61550/A 108411281<br />
WinSPM CD ROM – External Use 6140-SPM 408059376 555-670-802<br />
WinSPM Floppy – External Use<br />
WinSPM CD ROM –<br />
6141-SPM 408059384 555-670-803<br />
Internal Services Use<br />
WinSPM Floppy –<br />
408059392 555-670-804<br />
Internal Services Use<br />
Call Accounting <strong>System</strong> (CAS)<br />
CAS for Windows<br />
408059400 555-670-805<br />
50-station 1202-651/A<br />
100-station 1202-652/A<br />
200-station 1202-653/A<br />
Custom Rate Table (mandatory)12055<br />
HACKERTRACKER for<br />
Windows<br />
1202-660/A<br />
Supplemental Initialization<br />
Support<br />
Parallel Printer (optional)<br />
12057<br />
dot matrix 69769<br />
Parallel Printer Cable 69641 846943298<br />
Serial Printer 4200-572<br />
Parallel Printer 4200-570<br />
Hacker/Tracker 12014 406806166 PCCB6201<br />
Fax/Modem SW 407046317 92193WP<br />
INTUITY CAS 50 Station<br />
INTUITY CAS<br />
1201-052/A<br />
HACKERTRACKER 1201-054/A<br />
INTUITY CAS 50 Station<br />
Upgrade<br />
1201-053/A<br />
INTUITY CAS Custom Rates<br />
Inactive CAS<br />
CAS Plus V3.1.1<br />
Bundle, Model 300<br />
(does not include a printer)<br />
Custom Rate Table<br />
CAS Plus V3 Bundle<br />
w/ 80-col. Parallel Printer<br />
CAS Plus V3 Bundle<br />
w/ 132-col. Parallel Printer<br />
12054<br />
CAS Plus V3 Software<br />
Rate Table<br />
406362244<br />
6<br />
Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />
Component PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />
CAS Plus V3 Update (SW) 406158444 3300EA51<br />
CAS Plus Upgrade 406025916 3300KA2U<br />
CAS V3 Hacker Tracker<br />
(MS-DOS)<br />
406774513 3399EA<br />
IS-III UNIX CAS 250 1201-U14A 407243187 ISIII CAS 250<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
53
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
UNIX CAS Rate Tables<br />
IS-III UNIX CAS Upgrade 500<br />
406140764 3.5 SW ATT MTS<br />
(250-500) 1201-U15A 406898254 UN/CAS UPGR<br />
IS CAS Upgrade to NANP 1201-U16A IS CAS NANP<br />
M/L&S – 25 Upgrade NANP 1201-U17A<br />
IS II CAS Upgrade to IS III 1201-U18A<br />
UNIX HackerTracker<br />
Call Accounting Terminal (CAT)<br />
1201-U13A 406898270 SFTW-ISIII<br />
CAT BASIC/B (LEGEND) 3600-010/A<br />
Printer 406716464 PRNTR-ML182-R2<br />
Processor 406669769 PROCR-36001-C1<br />
CAT + LEGEND/H 3600-024/A<br />
Printer 406716464 PRNTR-ML182-R2<br />
Processor 406478818 PROCR-37000-C6-<br />
HQU<br />
CAT + LEGEND/B 3600-023/A<br />
Printer 406716464 PRNTR-ML182-R2<br />
Processor 406478800 PROCR-37000-C6-<br />
BQU<br />
CAT Basic Rate Table6 (Update Chip)<br />
CAT/B Rate Table<br />
36014A 406669739<br />
6<br />
(Update)<br />
CAT/H Rate Table<br />
36023A 406478792<br />
6<br />
Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />
Component PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />
(Update)<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Reporter<br />
36024A 406478784<br />
Single Site, 50 stations 1201-011<br />
Single Site, 200 stations<br />
Inactive Call Management<br />
1201-012<br />
<strong>System</strong> (CMS)<br />
1207-100<br />
5 107004988<br />
3 107004970<br />
MII/ML CMS Alerter 83010<br />
Block Connector 105164859 104A-246<br />
Power Supply<br />
Inactive CONVERSANT INTRO<br />
MAP5 Tower/AVP/<br />
LEGEND Bundle<br />
(no Script Builder)<br />
MAP5 500MB Hard Drive<br />
8 MB RAM<br />
(QTY: 1) IVP 4 Board (4 ports)<br />
Color Monitor<br />
Keyboard<br />
9-25 pin Adapter<br />
Applications Printer<br />
321P/Printer cable<br />
9600 bps modem<br />
(Qty: 2) D8W cords<br />
(Qty: 2) 250 MB Tapes<br />
Surge protector<br />
CONVERSANT INTRO 3.1.1<br />
Basic speech (male/female)<br />
IVP Platform Software<br />
AVP 2.1.1 Software<br />
LEGEND/IVR Switch<br />
Integration Software<br />
MAP5 Tower/AVP/<br />
LEGEND bundle<br />
(with Script Builder)<br />
(Qty:2) IVP 4 Boards (8 ports)<br />
Remaining components are<br />
the same as PEC 4201-410<br />
405331711 KS22911L2 120VAC<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
54
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
PassageWay Direct Connect<br />
(R2) 8302-500 407214782<br />
PassageWay upgrade R1 to R2<br />
PassageWay R2 and<br />
8302-520A 407189802<br />
Commence 3.1 8302-522<br />
PassageWay Software 407214782<br />
Commence Software<br />
PassageWay R2 and<br />
407528512<br />
Commence Startup 8302-523<br />
PassageWay Software 407214782<br />
Commence Startup Software<br />
PassageWay R2 and<br />
407160043<br />
OnTime 1.54 8302-524<br />
PassageWay Software 407214782<br />
OnTime Software 407127349<br />
Fast Call Software<br />
Fast Call and Passage Way<br />
8330-191 407344928<br />
Direct Connect 8302-521<br />
Commence 2.1 8330-201 407160027<br />
Commence Startup 8330-202 407160043<br />
OnTime 1.54<br />
Inactive Telephony Services<br />
8330-301 407127349<br />
Netware for <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND<br />
PassageWay Telephony<br />
Services R2.21D for Netware<br />
8320-500/A<br />
(core/clients)<br />
PassageWay Telephony<br />
Services R2.21D for Netware<br />
407556364<br />
(250+user license)<br />
PassageWay Telephony<br />
Services Netware Driver for<br />
407465558<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND<br />
EICON ISDN Board for <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />
LEGEND PassageWay<br />
108027368<br />
Telephony Services<br />
Inactive Lucent Technologies<br />
407556364<br />
Attendant 6125-ATT<br />
Hardware 406899054<br />
Documentation 106431265<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Mail Voice Messaging <strong>System</strong><br />
2-port 7107-302/A<br />
4-port 7107-304/A<br />
6-port 7107-306/A<br />
Upgrade 2-port to 4-port 7107-311A<br />
Upgrade 2-port to 6-port 7107-312A<br />
Upgrade 4-port to 6-port 7107-313A<br />
Messaging 2000 Voice Messaging <strong>System</strong><br />
7<br />
4-port voice messaging system 7052-004<br />
106217<br />
4 port dialog4 407909993<br />
Monitor – color<br />
6-port voice messaging system<br />
407900547<br />
7 7052-006<br />
106218<br />
6 port dialog4 407910009<br />
Monitor – color<br />
8-port voice messaging system<br />
407900547<br />
7 7052-008<br />
106219<br />
8 port dialog4 407910017<br />
Monitor – color<br />
12-port voice messaging system<br />
407900547<br />
7 Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />
Component PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />
7052-012<br />
106220<br />
12 port dialog4 407910025<br />
Monitor – color 407900547<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
55
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
4-port voice/2-port fax messaging<br />
system7 7052-204<br />
106221<br />
4 port dialog4, 2 port fax 407910033<br />
Monitor – color<br />
6-port voice/2-port fax messaging<br />
407900547<br />
system7 7052-206<br />
106222<br />
6 port dialog4, 2 port fax 407910066<br />
Monitor – color<br />
8-port voice/2-port fax messaging<br />
407900547<br />
system7 7052-208<br />
106223<br />
8 port dialog4, 2 port fax 407910082<br />
Monitor – color 407900547<br />
12-port voice/2-port fax<br />
messaging system7 7052-212<br />
106224<br />
12 port dialog4, 2 port fax 407910108<br />
Monitor – color<br />
4-port voice/4-port fax messaging<br />
407900547<br />
system7 7052-404<br />
106225<br />
4 port dialog4, 4 port fax 407910058<br />
Monitor – color<br />
6-port voice/4-port fax messaging<br />
407900547<br />
system7 7052-406<br />
106226<br />
6 port dialog4, 4 port fax 407910074<br />
Monitor – color<br />
8-port voice/4-port fax messaging<br />
407900547<br />
system7 Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />
Component PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />
7052-408<br />
106227<br />
8 port dialog4, 4 port fax 407910090<br />
Monitor – color 407900547<br />
4- to 6-port voice upgrade 7052-606U<br />
106234<br />
Dialog4 board<br />
4 to 6 Port License/Sentinal Disk<br />
407901412<br />
Utility 407920792<br />
6- to 8-port voice upgrade 7052-608U<br />
106235<br />
Dialog4 board<br />
6 to 8 Port License/Sentinal Disk<br />
407901412<br />
Utility 407920800<br />
8- to 12-port voice upgrade 7052-612U<br />
106236<br />
Dialog4 board<br />
8 to 12 Port License/Sentinal<br />
407901412<br />
Disk Utility 407920818<br />
12- to 16-port voice upgrade 7052-616U<br />
106237<br />
Dialog4 board<br />
12 to 16 Port License/Sentinal<br />
407901412<br />
Disk Utility 407920826<br />
2-port fax upgrade 7052-200U<br />
106238<br />
2 port Brooktrout fax board 407914423<br />
Port License/Sentinal Disk Utility 407914498<br />
2- to 4-port voice upgrade 7052-400U<br />
106239<br />
2 port Brooktrout fax board 407914423<br />
Port License/Sentinal Disk Utility 407923770<br />
Visual Mailbox Starter Kit 7052-700<br />
407914445 407914415<br />
Visual Mailbox Software License<br />
10 Seats 7052-710U<br />
106240 407914431<br />
25 Seats 7052-725U<br />
106241 407914449<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
56
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />
Component PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />
50 Seats 7052-750U<br />
106242 407914464<br />
100 Seats 7052-752U<br />
106243 407914472<br />
250 Seats 7052-755U<br />
106244 407914480<br />
Inactive <strong>MERLIN</strong> Mail Voice Messaging<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> Mail Voice Messaging <strong>System</strong><br />
for the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong><br />
<strong>System</strong> (Release 3)<br />
2-port<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> Mail unit 407241926<br />
modem<br />
4-port<br />
407002427<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> Mail unit 407536739<br />
modem<br />
6-port<br />
407002427<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> Mail unit 407241942<br />
modem<br />
Release 3 Upgrade<br />
407002427<br />
2-port to 4-port 407241934<br />
modem 407002427<br />
2-port to 6-port 407241942<br />
modem 407002427<br />
4-port to 6-port 407241942<br />
modem<br />
2-port line card (R2)<br />
(upgrade from 2 to 4 for<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> Mail releases prior<br />
407002427<br />
to V7.4)<br />
2-port line card<br />
(upgrade from 2 to 4 for<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> Mail releases V7.4<br />
407108521<br />
or later)<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> Identifier (for <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />
LEGEND R2.x)<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> Mail Voice Messaging <strong>System</strong><br />
for the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong><br />
<strong>System</strong> (Release 2)<br />
2-port<br />
407072115<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> Mail unit 407161355<br />
Remote maintenance device<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> Mail Multi-Lingual<br />
407002427<br />
Admin. Guide (585-320-742)<br />
User’s Quick Reference<br />
107074932<br />
(585-320-741)<br />
4-port<br />
107074924<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> Mail unit 407161363<br />
Remote maintenance device<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> Mail Multi-Lingual<br />
407002427<br />
Admin. Guide (585-320-742)<br />
User’s Quick Reference<br />
107074932<br />
(585-320-741)<br />
Intuity Voice <strong>System</strong><br />
107074924<br />
4-port 7055-004<br />
6-port 7055-006<br />
8-port 7055-008<br />
10-port 7055-010<br />
12-port 7055-012<br />
Administration<br />
Controller Assembly with PC<br />
6128-KBD 406891556<br />
Administration 6128-PCA 406891564<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
57
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />
Component<br />
DISCONTINUED<br />
Controller Assembly with<br />
Display Keyboard<br />
Display Assembly with Wall-<br />
PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />
Mounting 406891572<br />
Call Alert Software<br />
Bracket Assembly, ATL<br />
406891721<br />
Telephone Mounting 406891937<br />
Fixture, Display Wallmount 406891929<br />
PC Administration Adapter Kit 406960930<br />
Printer Adapter Kit 406960948<br />
Printer Port to PC Adapter Kit<br />
Installation and <strong>System</strong><br />
406960955<br />
Administration Manual<br />
Quick Reference Card for<br />
406891713<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> Identifier Users 406891705<br />
Display Unit 406891663<br />
Keyboard 101 406891655<br />
Controller with Mounting Panel<br />
Cable, Serial RS-232, Controller<br />
406891648<br />
to PC 406891903<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND R5.0 TSAPI Offers<br />
In all R5.0 PECs where paper<br />
and CD-ROM are options,<br />
add attributes:<br />
Paper (attribute: doc51)<br />
CD-ROM (attribute: doc52)<br />
default<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND R5.0<br />
Documentation<br />
End-user CD-ROM<br />
Internal CD-ROM (Lucent<br />
108289034<br />
Technologies Associates only)<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND TSAPI<br />
108007964<br />
Solution<br />
PassageWay Telephony<br />
Services<br />
R2.21D for NetWare<br />
8320-500<br />
Core/Clients)<br />
PassageWay Telephony<br />
Services<br />
R2.21D for NetWare -<br />
407556364<br />
250+User License 407465558<br />
Legend Driver Software 108027368<br />
EICON Card<br />
CCOM Application (PhoneLine)<br />
(does not include Professional<br />
Services)<br />
5 Users License<br />
10 Users License<br />
25 Users License<br />
50 Users License<br />
Q.SYS Application (PhoneWare)<br />
(does not include Professional<br />
Services)<br />
5 Users License<br />
10 Users License<br />
25 Users License<br />
50 Users License<br />
CALLWARE Application<br />
(Phonetastic)<br />
(does not include Professional<br />
Services)<br />
5 Users License<br />
Phonetastic Admin Guide<br />
407556364<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
58
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />
Component<br />
User Guide<br />
Application (core)<br />
10 Users License<br />
Phonetastic Admin Guide<br />
User Guide<br />
Application (core)<br />
25 Users License<br />
Phonetastic Admin Guide<br />
User Guide<br />
Application (core)<br />
50 Users License<br />
Phonetastic Admin Guide<br />
User Guide<br />
Application (core)<br />
100 Users License<br />
Phonetastic Admin Guide<br />
User Guide<br />
Application (core)<br />
Professional Services Offers<br />
1 Application<br />
2 Applications<br />
Custom Contract<br />
PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Enhanced Service Center<br />
12-port <strong>System</strong> 61516<br />
2.5GB Blank Tape (QTY: 3) 407557073<br />
Color Monitor 406504571<br />
Snap-on Ferrite (QTY: 4) 407616846<br />
Keyboard 407681907<br />
UNIXWare Base Sftwr Tape 5P ED5P91260 G-18<br />
Map/5P Tower<br />
V6.0 Map/5P New <strong>System</strong><br />
J1P260F1 L-1<br />
Install & Maint Doc J1P260F1 L-AG<br />
Base <strong>System</strong> Boot Sftwr J1P260TH1 L-1<br />
INTUITY Bkp/Res Util J1P260TH1 L136<br />
ENH Sft Tech Bkp/Res J1P260TH1 L137<br />
INTUITY UNIX Mang Scn Pkg J1P260TH1 L138<br />
Oracle for W95, NT, 3.1 108007758<br />
Data Collection Pkg J1P260TH1 L-28<br />
Veritas Sftwr J1P260TH1 L3<br />
Generic SoftTape J1P260TH1 L4<br />
Configuration Data Pkg J1P260TH1 L5<br />
Hardware Res<br />
INTUITY CONVERSANT VIS<br />
J1P260TH1 L7<br />
V6.0 Set-Update+ J1P260TH1 L-76<br />
Tip/Ring Board Driver J1P260TH1 L-88<br />
Fea. Test Script Pkg J1P260TH1 L9<br />
Call Bridge Application Pkg J1P260TH1 L-90<br />
UNIXWare 1.1.2 Enhance Set J1P260TH1 L-94<br />
CA Assy-84000 407265529<br />
Analog Adap Kit 885A (QTY:2) 601419666<br />
IVC6 Card (AYC10) (QTY:2) 106406580<br />
25 ft Tel Cord (QTY:4) 103612195<br />
3 ft Tel Mtg Cord (QTY:4) ED5P20830 G-16<br />
BUS Cable J1P260F1 L8<br />
Analog Switch Interface US J1P260TH1 L-70<br />
RMB/Modem J1P260AA1 L-10<br />
RMB Software Utilities-Boot 107397929<br />
RMB Utilities (QTY:3) J1P260TH1 L-73<br />
8-Port Serial Card and Cable J1P260AA1 L-34<br />
Board 407788439<br />
Cable 407789080<br />
Terranova Software 107087280<br />
25-Pin ESF Int. Adapter 407814201<br />
9-Pin ESC PC Int. Adapter 407814219<br />
25-Pin ESC PC Int. Adapter 407814227<br />
DW8 Cord 14 ft (QTY:2) 103786802<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
59
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Passage Direct Connect<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND ESC<br />
407214782<br />
Software 407799857<br />
RMB Integration Sftwr V1.0 J1P260TH1 L-80<br />
18-port <strong>System</strong> 61517<br />
2.5GB Blank Tape (QTY: 3) 407557073<br />
Color Monitor 406504571<br />
Snap-on Ferrite (QTY: 6) 407616846<br />
Keyboard 407681907<br />
UNIXWare Base Sftwr Tape 5P ED5P91260 G-18<br />
Map/5P Tower<br />
V6.0 Map/5P New <strong>System</strong><br />
J1P260F1 L-1<br />
Install & Maint Doc J1P260F1 L-AG<br />
Base <strong>System</strong> Boot Sftwr J1P260TH1 L-1<br />
INTUITY Bkp/Res Util J1P260TH1 L136<br />
ENH Sft Tech Bkp/Res J1P260TH1 L137<br />
INTUITY UNIX Mang Scn Pkg J1P260TH1 L138<br />
Oracle for W95, NT, 3.1 108007758<br />
Data Collection Pkg J1P260TH1 L-28<br />
Veritas Sftwr J1P260TH1 L3<br />
Generic SoftTape J1P260TH1 L4<br />
Configuration Data Pkg J1P260TH1 L5<br />
Hardware Res<br />
INTUITY CONVERSANT VIS<br />
J1P260TH1 L7<br />
V6.0 Set-Update+ J1P260TH1 L-76<br />
Tip/Ring Board Driver J1P260TH1 L-88<br />
Fea. Test Script Pkg J1P260TH1 L9<br />
Call Bridge Appl Pkg J1P260TH1 L-90<br />
UNIXWare 1.1.2 Enhance Set J1P260TH1 L-94<br />
CA Assy-84000 407265529<br />
Analog AdapKit 885A (QTY:3) 601419666<br />
IVC6 Card (AYC10) (QTY:3) 106406580<br />
25 ft Tel Cord (QTY:4) 103612195<br />
3 ft Tel Mtg Cord (QTY:6) ED5P20830 G-16<br />
BUS Cable J1P260F1 L8<br />
Analog Switch Interface US J1P260TH1 L-70<br />
RMB/Modem J1P260AA1 L-10<br />
RMB Software Utilities-Boot 107397929<br />
RMB Utilities (QTY:3) J1P260TH1 L-73<br />
8-Port Serial Card and Cable J1P260AA1 L-34<br />
Board 407788439<br />
Cable 407789080<br />
Terranova Software 107087280<br />
25-Pin ESF Int. Adapter 407814201<br />
9-Pin ESC PC Int. Adapter 407814219<br />
25-Pin ESC PC Int. Adapter 407814227<br />
DW8 Cord 14 ft (QTY:2) 103786802<br />
Passage Direct Connect<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND ESC<br />
407214782<br />
Software 407799857<br />
RMB Integration Sftwr V1.0<br />
Optional Equipment<br />
Additional Supervisor Software<br />
J1P260TH1<br />
L-80<br />
Terranova Software and cables 61522 107087280<br />
25-Pin ESF Int. Adapter 407814201<br />
9-Pin ESC PC Int. Adapter 407814219<br />
25-Pin ESC PC Int. Adapter 407814227<br />
Printer and Cable 4200-570 406637314<br />
Wallboard 8 Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />
Component PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />
5340-WB4/A 407753243<br />
Wallboard Master Kit<br />
Wallboard Stand-alone<br />
5340-KIT/A 407679174<br />
(within 50 ft)<br />
Wireless Keyboard for<br />
5340-SKT/A 407743525<br />
Wallboard 5332-905/A 407245513<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
60
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />
Component<br />
Right to Use Wallboard<br />
PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />
Software<br />
Mandatory Turnkey Install<br />
61518/A 407799782<br />
(Sftwr) 61519 407799808<br />
Incremental Training (1 Day) 61520 407799790<br />
Incremental Training (2 Days)<br />
Sftwr RTU from 5 up to<br />
61521 407799816<br />
12 queues<br />
Sftwr RTU from 5 up to<br />
61534/A 407885714<br />
30 queues<br />
Sftwr RTU from 13 up to<br />
61535/A 407885648<br />
30 queues<br />
CTI Applications<br />
Group Phoneware<br />
61536A 407885706<br />
5 Seats 6156-205<br />
10 Seats 6156-210<br />
25 Seats 6156-225<br />
50 Seats<br />
Phonetastic<br />
6156-250<br />
5 User Right-to-Use 6156-305<br />
10 User Right-to-Use 6156-310<br />
25 User Right-to-Use 6156-325<br />
50 User Right-to-Use 6156-350<br />
100 User Right-to-Use 6156-400<br />
<strong>System</strong> Adjuncts and Adapters<br />
Channel service units (CSUs)<br />
T1 CSU (3150 CSU) 21581 107087546<br />
T1 ESF CSU Stand-alone 107063828 21581-00001<br />
115VAC in line Transformer 406942284<br />
Converter Cable<br />
RJ48M to RJ48M Unshielded<br />
107083711 3100-F1-560<br />
Twisted Pair Cable (T1) 406941559 3110-F1-500<br />
3160-DSU 2151-DP2 107115784 3160-A1-DSU<br />
3164-DSU<br />
Inactive<br />
2151-DP4 107115792 3164-A1-DSU-CSU<br />
Auxiliary Power Unit 9024 406467142 9024<br />
T1 ESF CSU Stand-alone 107063828 21581-00001<br />
115VAC in line Transformer 406942284<br />
Converter Cable<br />
RJ48M to RJ48M Unshielded<br />
107063711 3100-F1-560<br />
Twisted Pair Cable (T1)<br />
Optional Equipment:<br />
Unshielded TW Pair Cable (T1)<br />
406941559 3110-F1-500<br />
Canada<br />
Straight-Thru Cable PC Serial<br />
107063703 3100-F1-510<br />
Port<br />
Straight-Thru Cable<br />
406941542 3100-F1-550<br />
Terminal/Printer 406941534 3100-F1-540<br />
Modular DC Voltage Adapter 406941492 3100-F1-250<br />
Wall Mount Kit<br />
Cables for Mounting<br />
406941674 3100-F1-400<br />
25’ D4BU-29 Cord 106472921 ASSY-4400-F1-533<br />
2’ D4BU-29 Cord 106472905 ASSY-4400-F1-530<br />
Dial Back Modem FLD 106842271 ASSY-3400-F2-201<br />
Dial Back Modem FAC 106842289 ASSY-3400-G2-201<br />
Dial Back Modem NFLD 106842305 ASSY-4000-F2-201<br />
Dial Back Modem NFAC 106842297 ASSY-4000-G2-201<br />
Prism MUX Field<br />
Optional Equipment:<br />
106842313 ASSY-3400-F2-200<br />
Peripheral Interface 62515 105179303 KIT PRTS-D181558<br />
Async. Data Unit, Receptacle 2169-004 103963971 Z3A2<br />
RS232 Connector/Cord 105388474 CORD M8AJ-87<br />
Async, Data Unit, Plug 2169-001 103963971 Z3A2<br />
RS232 Connector/Cord 105388466 CORD M8AK-87<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
61
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Aux Power (2 required) 21691<br />
Transformer (2012-D) 102599354 TRNSF-2012D-49<br />
Adapter (248B) 102802113 ADPTR-248B-50<br />
Cord 102937620 CORD-D6AP-87<br />
Adapter (400B)<br />
Electrostatic discharge/<br />
(ESD) suppression kits<br />
104152558 ADPTR-400B2<br />
D-181574 105179329 D181574<br />
D-181589 105201891 D181589<br />
D-181590 105201909 D181590<br />
D-181591 105201917 D181591<br />
D-181593 105201933 D181593<br />
EMI filter<br />
In-Range Out-of-Building<br />
-146E (IROB) unit<br />
103965208 Z200A<br />
Analog multiline 9 8310-013 407568161 343B<br />
IROB unit-MLX9 Fuse block 505A for IROB<br />
8310-013 407568161 505A ASSY 0A WD<br />
(8 fuse blocks per box) 406610337<br />
2 IROBs 8310-020<br />
4 IROBs 8310-021<br />
6 IROBs 8310-022<br />
8 IROBs 8310-023<br />
Off-Premises Range Unit<br />
Digital Magic on Hold<br />
2302-OPT 107531337 122A-215<br />
®<br />
Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />
Component PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />
Basic Prerecorded<br />
Package 3128-020<br />
Digital Deck 407464684 DMOH1DIGITAL<br />
Cassette<br />
Personalized Recording<br />
407166941 DMOH-02<br />
GENERIC<br />
Package 3128-030<br />
Digital Deck 407464684 DMOH1 DIGITAL<br />
Cassette<br />
Custom Production<br />
406876664 DMOH-01<br />
PERSONALIZE<br />
Package (Std. Tape program) 3128-040<br />
Digital Deck 407464684 DMOH1 DIGITAL<br />
Cassette<br />
Stand-alone Single<br />
Custom Production<br />
406876680 DMOH-05 SIN<br />
F/CUST<br />
Package<br />
Stand-alone Package of 3<br />
31284 405135344 INDIV<br />
Custom Productions<br />
Stand-alone Package of 4<br />
31283 406876649 DMOH-03<br />
Custom Productions<br />
Duplicate of a Custom<br />
Production (for<br />
31280 405126632 M4 FOUR<br />
Second Location) 31289 405127945 D-IP/EM DUB IND<br />
MSTR<br />
Re-License of Music 31288 405127879 D24 24 DUB<br />
Digital Announcer Unit<br />
(one minute)<br />
3119-001<br />
Announcer 407344365<br />
Recorder 406659342 RCDR-DMOH2<br />
Cassette 406769455 CSTT-DMOH5<br />
Digital Announcer Unit<br />
(three minute)<br />
3119-003<br />
Announcer 407344357<br />
Recorder 406659342<br />
Cassette<br />
Four Channel <strong>System</strong><br />
(1-minute recording per<br />
406659359<br />
channel) 3119-141 407716638<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
62
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />
Component<br />
Four Additional Channels<br />
(1-minute recording per<br />
PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />
channel)<br />
Four Channel <strong>System</strong><br />
(1-minute recording per<br />
channel, remote<br />
3119-041<br />
recording capability)<br />
Eight Channel <strong>System</strong><br />
(1-minute recording per<br />
channel, remote<br />
3271-141 407038512 ADP02/A<br />
recording capability)<br />
Four Channel <strong>System</strong><br />
(2-minutes recording per<br />
channel, remote<br />
3271-241 407079003<br />
recording capability)<br />
Package of 12 Headset<br />
3271-142 407556232<br />
Prong Adapters<br />
Package of 12 Headset<br />
Modular Adapters (for<br />
3122-012<br />
MLX sets)<br />
Package of 12 Supra Noise<br />
3122-024<br />
Canceling Headpieces 3122-155<br />
Modem 2224G<br />
(limited availability)<br />
2224-CEO 105659965 2224C-L1 D/2<br />
Music Coupler<br />
PagePac Plus<br />
61398 406143925 ASSY-K23395 L3<br />
PagePac Plus Controller<br />
PagePac Plus Controller<br />
5323-100 406914598 UNIT-22051-000<br />
with Power 5323-105<br />
PagePac Plus 16 Zone<br />
D20 PagePac Plus<br />
5335-100 406914614 UNIT-22051-016<br />
Amplicenter<br />
D100 PagePac Plus<br />
5328-020 406915280 UNIT-22051-020<br />
Amplicenter<br />
D300 PagePac Plus<br />
5328-100 406915264 UNIT-22051-100<br />
Amplicenter 5328-300 406915330 UNIT-22051-300<br />
Universal 70V Door Spkr.<br />
SMDR Printers<br />
AP Printer<br />
5330-230 406914630 UNIT-22050-070<br />
(80-column) 4200-570 406637314 ML182<br />
571Parallel Printer 406516989 571-MCII 6FT<br />
(132-column) 4200-571 406712067 ML321P<br />
AP CAT Printer (serial) 4200-572 406716464 571-MCII 6FT<br />
Uninterruptible Power Supply 406716464 ML182-R2<br />
500 VA (15 min)(inactive) 105610141 515005C111<br />
Reserve (1 hr) (inactive) 105610174 0053150<br />
PagePal Interface<br />
Audio Visual Paging<br />
5335-700 407120716<br />
215C Message Center 5332-100<br />
4120C Message Center 5332-150<br />
Connector Kit 5332-900<br />
Wireless Keyboard 5332-905<br />
Alpha Net Plus Software 5332-910<br />
R2485 Repeater<br />
External Alerts<br />
5332-915<br />
Loud external ringer 31016 407105691 RINGER-L1AMP-49<br />
External ringer<br />
Supplemental Alerts<br />
31019<br />
Universal Alert 5580-001<br />
Alert Horn 5580-021 406207217 THET4-1<br />
Alert Strobe 5580-041 403319197 AT-WHL LK<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
63
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />
Component PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />
Inactive <strong>System</strong> Adjuncts and Adapters<br />
ExpressRoute 1000 Data Unit 107651796<br />
V.35 Cable 107651275<br />
7500B data module 105657639 7500B-L1<br />
Stand-alone power supply 405509852 WP90110L7<br />
Multiple mounting 105441166 Z77A<br />
7500A upgrade kit 105688501 D182208<br />
Ring generator unit 105213201 129B RING GEN<br />
Universal Paging<br />
Access Module (UPAM)<br />
405891698 KIT-UPAM<br />
TAM-B 405899972 D181900<br />
PRS-48 405742735 D181900<br />
WMT-1A<br />
Zonemate 9<br />
405891680 D181900<br />
Dialer unit 404057911 DIAL UNlT-9ZONE<br />
Control unit<br />
Zonemate 39<br />
405024134 CNTL 22050-020<br />
Dialer unit 404057929 39 ZONE SELECT<br />
Control unit 405024134 CNTL-22050-020C<br />
E1CM ringer and parts 61211 D-181233<br />
290A adapter 102992252 290A ADPTR<br />
Ringer 407105683 E1CM-49<br />
Mounting plate 102988466 1049A<br />
Cord 103938494 CORD-D4CH-87-25<br />
Network Interface Alert Bell 61211 407105683 RINGER-E1CM-49<br />
Telephone Adjuncts and Adapters<br />
General Purpose Adapter<br />
(GPA) (analog) 2301-GPA 103977997 Z1C<br />
Multi-Function Module<br />
(digital)<br />
Supplemental Alert Adapter<br />
3156-MFM 105746474 540A1<br />
(SAA) 2301-SSA 105031199 ADPTR-856A<br />
MLX-10/ MLX-10D cover<br />
MLX Telephone Power<br />
406648469<br />
Supply 2404-010<br />
MSP1 Power Supply 406743419 WP92464L1<br />
7' Cord<br />
Analog Multiline Telephone<br />
103786778<br />
Power 62510 105105514 D181522<br />
48V Power Supply 405331711 KS22911L2<br />
Modular Power Cord 102937620 D6AP-87<br />
Z400F Adapter<br />
Single-line telephones<br />
103942850 Z400F<br />
S202A Speakerphone 3152-008<br />
Black 105721088 TEL-S202A-003<br />
Misty cream 105721096 TEL-S202A-215<br />
Message-Waiting Indicator<br />
Polycom Speakerphones<br />
3152-004 103966396 Z34A<br />
Standard 3127-STD 407428697<br />
Sound Station EX 3127-EXP 407428739<br />
Lapel Microphone<br />
Lucent Analog Premier EX<br />
3127-MIC 407428432<br />
Without Microphone 3127-APE 407795251<br />
With Microphone 3127-APX 407795269<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
64
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Inactive Single-line Telephones<br />
Program, Pause, and<br />
Auto Dial button conceal<br />
kit for 8100-series Kit-D 182363<br />
telephones 106248370 Analog<br />
Speakerphone 3131-004 103786786 D8W-87 7FT<br />
Black 106270325 MOD-CS201A-003<br />
Misty cream 106270333 MOD-CS201A-215<br />
4A Speakerphone 4A<br />
Power unit 102139938 PWR UNIT-85B1<br />
Block connector<br />
Adapter for single-line<br />
102434925 BLK CON-82B-49<br />
telephone<br />
Adapter for multiline<br />
102813888 ADPTR-223C<br />
telephone 102949013 ADPTR-223D IP<br />
Transmitter (black) 103971891 TRMR-680AF-03<br />
Transmitter (ivory)<br />
Loudspeakers<br />
103971909 TRMR-680AF-50<br />
Black 103873873 LSPK-108AA-03<br />
Ivory 103873881 LSPK-108AA-50<br />
Green 103873899 LSPK-108AA-51<br />
Beige 103873907 LSPK-108AA-60<br />
White 103873964 LSPK-108AA-58<br />
S201 Speakerphone 103786786 D8W-87 7FT<br />
Black 106192651 MOD-S201AP-003<br />
Misty cream<br />
CS201 Conference<br />
S203A Speakerphone<br />
106192693 MOD-S201AP-215<br />
Black 106058340 MOD-S203A-003<br />
Misty cream 106508365 MOD-S203A-215<br />
Hands-Free Unit (HFU)<br />
Headsets and Adapters<br />
103814356 MOD-S102A<br />
StarSet ® Headset<br />
3122-030/A 406445627 KS23822L3<br />
Mirage ® Headset<br />
3122-050 406445783 KS23822L4<br />
Supra ® Monaural Headset<br />
3122-040 406445791<br />
Supra NC ® Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />
Component PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />
Monaural Headset<br />
w/ Noise Canceling<br />
3122-055 406445809<br />
Supra Binaural Headset<br />
Supra NC Binaural Headset<br />
3122-045 406976076<br />
w/ Noise Canceling 3122-060 406445817<br />
Modular Amplifier 3122-020/A 406741900 KS23822L2<br />
Plug Prong Amplifier 3122-010 406445601 KS23822L1<br />
Inactive Headsets and Adapters<br />
Headset Adapter 105752042 ADPTR-502C-003<br />
500A Headset Adapter 106690043 Adapter EL-500A-<br />
265<br />
405331711 Pwr Sup-KS2291<br />
1L2<br />
102479904 Cord-D4BU-29 Std<br />
7FT<br />
104152558 Adapter-40082<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
65
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
MLX Telephones—Miscellaneous Add-Ons/Replacement Parts<br />
Handsets and Cords<br />
Handset Hook (black) 845544998<br />
Handset Hook (white) 845545003<br />
Handset (black) 106050065 K2S1-003<br />
Handset (white) 106053408 K2S1-264<br />
Handset, amplified hearing 31052<br />
Black 105581896 K6S2-003<br />
White 106248248 K6S2-264<br />
Misty cream5 105581904 K6S2-215<br />
Noise Canceling Handset 31056<br />
Black 406712463 KS23843L7<br />
White 406712471 KS23843L8<br />
Misty cream5 406712489 KS23843L9<br />
High-Noise Canceling Handset 31057<br />
Black 406712497 KS23843L10<br />
White 406712505 KS23843L11<br />
Misty cream5 406712513 KS23843L12<br />
Amplified Speech Handset 31054<br />
Black 406712406 KS23843L1<br />
White 406712414 KS23843L2<br />
Misty cream5 406712422 KS23843L3<br />
Push-to-Talk Handset 31055<br />
Black 406712430 KS23843L4<br />
White 406712448 KS23843L5<br />
Misty cream 10 406712455 KS23843L6<br />
Push-to-Listen Handset 31053<br />
Black 406382344 K8S2-003<br />
White 406382369 K8S2-264<br />
Misty cream10 406382351 K8S2-215<br />
Handset cord, 9’ (2.74 m), black 105635429 H4DU-003 9 FT<br />
Handset cord, 9’ (2.74 m), white 105701809 H4DU-264 9’BULK<br />
Handset cord, 12’ (3.66 m), black 102401445 H4DU-3 12FT IP<br />
Handset cord, 12’ (3.66 m), white 102402609 H4DU-26412’IP<br />
Handset cord, 25’ (7.62 m), black 105523866 H4DU-3 25’<br />
DSS line cord, 2’ (61 cm)<br />
Desk Stands and User Trays<br />
106187545 CORD D8AC-87<br />
Stand (large, black) 846320851 STAND-LARGE BL<br />
Stand (large, white) 846320844 STAND-LARGE<br />
WH<br />
Stand (small, black) 846320810 STAND-SMALL BL<br />
Stand (small, white) 846320802 STAND-SMALL<br />
WH<br />
User tray (black) 846320240 USER TRAY DWR<br />
B<br />
User tray (white) 846320232 USER TRAY DWR<br />
W<br />
Designation (Button Assignment) Cards and Covers<br />
Card10 —MLX-10, MLX-10D, MLX-10DP,<br />
MLX-16DP, MLX-20L, MLX-28D 847355559<br />
Card set-DSS11 106448756 KIT-D182464<br />
Card covers-DSS (black) 11 106448731 KIT-D182462 PRT<br />
Card covers-DSS (white) 11 106448749 KIT-D182463 PRT<br />
Card set-QCC 12 Card covers<br />
106561673 KIT-D182562 PRT<br />
13 —MLX-10,<br />
MLX-10D, MLX-20L<br />
Card covers<br />
106448681 KIT-D182457 PRT<br />
13 —MLX-16DP 107499162 KIT-D182846 PRT<br />
Card covers 13 Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />
Component PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />
—MLX-28D 106448699 KIT-D182458 PRT<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
66
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />
Component<br />
Desk Stands and Wall Mounts<br />
Adjustable desk stand,<br />
PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />
10-button (inactive)<br />
Adjustable desk stand,<br />
103746855 11A<br />
34-button (inactive)<br />
Fixed desk stand, 5- &<br />
103746863 11C<br />
10-button (inactive)<br />
Desk stand/wall mount 14A,<br />
103746848 10A<br />
BIS-10<br />
Desk stand/wall mount 14B,<br />
103804290 14A-003<br />
BIS-22<br />
Desk stand/wall mount 14C,<br />
103964458 Z14B-003<br />
BIS-34<br />
Fixed desk stand and wall<br />
103979837 14C-003<br />
mount, 5-button (inactive) 103804290 14A<br />
Kit of parts 103995882 D-181230<br />
Wall mount, 10-button (inactive) 103747846 201A<br />
Kit of parts 103995882 D-181230<br />
Wall mount, 34-button (inactive) 103747853 203A<br />
Kit of parts<br />
Faceplates<br />
103995882 D-181230<br />
BIS-10 105203186 KIT PRTS-D-181582<br />
BIS-22 105336986 KIT PRTS-D-181786<br />
BIS-22D 105690762 KIT PRTS-D-182210<br />
BIS-34 and BIS-34D<br />
Button Label Sheets<br />
105203194 KIT PRTS-D-181583<br />
BIS-10 105336978 KIT PRTS-D-181785<br />
BIS-22<br />
BIS-22D<br />
105336960 KIT PRTS-D-181784<br />
105690770 KIT PRTS-D-182211<br />
BIS-34 and BIS-34D<br />
Display console (FM1)<br />
105336956 KIT PRTS-D-181783<br />
(includes one faceplate)<br />
Display console (FM2 & R3)<br />
105299754 KIT PRTS-D-181727<br />
(includes one faceplate) 105486252 KIT PRTS-D-182041<br />
Single-Line Telephones—Miscellaneous Add-Ons<br />
Ground-Start Button<br />
Wiring Kits<br />
Interconnect Wiring Kit<br />
31021 405792839 Key-KS23566L1<br />
110AB1-100JP12 104409396<br />
110A1 trough 104407960<br />
D-Rings 842139248<br />
D8W cords<br />
Parts list<br />
103786802<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
67
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
SYSTIMAX ®<br />
Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />
Component PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> Wiring Kit 3103-MER 106393671<br />
110A1 trough (5)<br />
110AB1-100JP12<br />
104407960<br />
modular block (2)<br />
110AB1-100 FT punch<br />
104409960<br />
down block (1) 103823845<br />
D-Rings (6)<br />
Patch cords 12 cords,<br />
842139248<br />
4-pair, 5’ (1.5 m)<br />
D8W cords<br />
846619989<br />
24 cords, 14’ (4.3 m) 103786802<br />
Template 846613933<br />
Instruction sheet 846613941<br />
Parts List 846623924<br />
CAT 3 Standard 4-Pair Wire 2782-004<br />
CAT 3 Additional 4-Pair Run 2783-MU3<br />
CAT 5 Standard 4-Pair Wire 2782-CT5<br />
CAT 5 Additional 4-Pair Run 2782-MU5<br />
1 Customer Reference CD-ROM contains the Feature Reference, <strong>System</strong><br />
Programming, the <strong>System</strong> Manager’s Guide, and the Network Reference. To<br />
order paper documents, use PEC 61512/A comcode 108370255.<br />
2 For systems that have a CKE4 processor.<br />
3 For R5/R6.0/R6.1 customers that have a multi-year maintenance contract.<br />
4 Default.<br />
5 Customer must sign an addendum, if sold.<br />
6 Consult Lucent Technologies for other area-specific information.<br />
7 Includes the following documentation: the <strong>System</strong> Manager’s Manual, the<br />
Implementation and Service Manual, the Quick Reference Guide, Wallet Cards,<br />
Worksheets, and Implementation and Service Release Notes.<br />
8 Wallboard also referred to as “Readerboard.”<br />
9 Any multiline off-premises telephone must have an appropriate IROB protector<br />
both at the control unit location and at the off-premises location.<br />
10 10 sheets per package.<br />
11 Includes both top and bottom cards or covers.<br />
12 8 cards per kit (four sets).<br />
13 4 per package.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
68
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
NOTES<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
69
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Control Unit Modules<br />
Module Trunk Type Extension Type<br />
Processor N/A N/A<br />
Power supply N/A N/A<br />
008 (ATL) N/A Analog multiline telephones<br />
008 MLX 1<br />
008 OPT 4<br />
N/A MLX extensions, including:<br />
■ MLX voice only<br />
■ MLX voice with Voice Announce<br />
to Busy<br />
■ MLX voice and Multi-Function<br />
Module (MFM) with T/R adjunct<br />
■ MLX voice and MFM with<br />
Supplemental Station Adapter<br />
(SSA)<br />
■ ISDN terminal adapter only<br />
■ Access device for data<br />
communications between a PC<br />
on the system and a high-speed<br />
Internet connection, connection<br />
to remote node LAN access<br />
server, or ISDN router2 ■ Computer Telephony Integration<br />
(CTI) link 3<br />
■ Videoconferencing systems<br />
using one jack and 2B data<br />
feature or 2 jacks with ISDN<br />
terminal adapters (depending on<br />
video system) 2<br />
N/A On-premises or off-premises<br />
single-line telephones<br />
1 For newer vintages of this module, firmware can be upgraded by using a<br />
PCMCIA card.<br />
2 For Release 4.0 and later systems only.<br />
3 For Release 5.0 and later systems only.<br />
4 <strong>System</strong> software recognizes the OPT module as an 012 (T/R) module. Even<br />
though the OPT module has only 8 jacks, it uses 12 ports of capacity,<br />
thereby decreasing overall extension capacity by 4 extensions for every<br />
OPT module.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
70
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Specifications<br />
Highlights: 68EC020 processor at 16 MHz, built-in 1200/2400-bps modem;<br />
built-in diagnostics; Hybrid/PBX, Key, or Behind Switch mode option; 1.5 MB<br />
RAM backup for 4 days; PCMCIA interface<br />
Ports: 3 RS-232-C ports—1 for debugging (plugged to prevent access), one<br />
for SMDR, and 1 for system administration<br />
Power input: 117 VAC<br />
Power output: +5 VDC (10 A), -5 VDC (2.50 A), -48 VDC (2.05 A)<br />
Capacity: 54 unit loads<br />
Capacity: 8 analog extension jacks<br />
Signaling: Analog multiline telephone protocol (40 kbps)<br />
Loop range: 1000 feet (305 m), in-building or in-range out-of-building (with<br />
analog IROB protectors) only<br />
Capacity: 8 digital extension jacks, each with 1 or 2 extensions (each<br />
extension is assigned an individual extension number)<br />
Signaling: BRI S/T protocol (two 64-kbps B channels, one 16-kbps D channel)<br />
on a passive bus<br />
Power: 48 VDC phantom power to telephone, 48 VDC over a separate pair<br />
(7–8) to an operator console with a DSS<br />
Loop range: 3000 feet (914 m), in-building or in-range out-of-building (with<br />
MLX IROB protectors) service only<br />
Capacity: 8 T/R extensions on 2-way voice transmission path with support for<br />
telephones with message waiting lights, 2 TTRs<br />
Ringing current: 75-Vrms, 20-Hz trapezoidal ringing superimposed on<br />
-48 VDC.<br />
REN: ≤ 1.0 per port<br />
Disconnect signal: 900 ms (T/R short for analog modem, G3 fax, etc.)<br />
Switchhook flash detection: 300–1200 ms<br />
Loop resistance: Serves 2-wire loops to 1300 ohms, including extensions<br />
dB loss 1 : 3dB (factory setting), 0dB if all calls are to another OPT station.<br />
1 If one OPT station calls another OPT station, the loss values of the two OPT<br />
stations are added resulting in transmission levels that are too low.008 OPT<br />
modules (517D28) may be hardware configured to 0dB loss, however this<br />
should only be done if all or the majority of calls from the OPT stations are<br />
to other OPT stations. Setting the loss value to 0dB violates EIA-464-A-1<br />
specifications. Contact Tier 4 before modifying the loss value settings of 008<br />
OPT modules.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
71
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Control Unit Modules —Continued<br />
Module Trunk Type Extension Type<br />
012 (T/R) N/A<br />
Single-line telephones; Intuity AUDIX ® ;<br />
Messaging 2000; T/R adjuncts (such as<br />
answering or fax machine); analog data<br />
devices (such as modems)<br />
016 (T/R) 1<br />
N/A<br />
Single-line telephones; Intuity AUDIX ® ;<br />
Messaging 2000; T/R adjuncts (such as<br />
answering or fax machine); analog data<br />
devices (such as modems)<br />
016 ETR2,3 N/A, TTR All ports, when programmed for ETR:<br />
MLS, ETR, Business Cordless 905, and<br />
TransTalk MDC and MDW telephones.<br />
Ports 11–16 when programmed for T/R:<br />
any T/R device such as single-line<br />
telephones; Intuity AUDIX ® ; Messaging<br />
2000; T/R adjuncts (such as answering or<br />
fax machine); analog data devices (such<br />
as modems)<br />
2,3<br />
016 MLX N/A MLX extensions, including:<br />
■ MLX voice only<br />
■ MLX voice with Voice Announce to<br />
Busy<br />
■ MLX voice and MFM with T/R adjunct<br />
■ MLX voice and MFM with SSA<br />
■ ISDN terminal adapter only<br />
■ Access device for data<br />
communications between a PC on the<br />
system and a high-speed Internet<br />
connection, connection to remote<br />
node LAN access server, or ISDN<br />
router 1<br />
■ CTI link 4<br />
■ Videoconferencing systems using one<br />
jack and 2B data feature or 2 jacks<br />
with ISDN terminal adapters<br />
(depending on video system) 1<br />
1 For Release 4.0 and later systems only.<br />
2 For newer vintages of this module, firmware can be upgraded by using a<br />
PCMCIA card.<br />
3 For Release 7.0 and later systems only.<br />
4 For Release 5.0 and later systems only.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
72
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Specifications<br />
Capacity: 12 T/R extensions on 2-way voice transmission path with support for<br />
telephones with message-waiting lights, 2 TTRs<br />
Ringing current: 105-Vrms, 30-Hz sinusoidal ringing superimposed on<br />
-48 VDC<br />
REN: ≤ 4.0 per port<br />
Disconnect signal: 900 ms (T/R short for analog modems, G3 fax, etc.)<br />
Switchhook flash detection: 300–1200 ms<br />
Capacity: 16 T/R extensions on 2-way voice transmission path with support for<br />
telephones with message waiting lights, 4 TTRs<br />
Power: 40-VDC, 600-ohm battery source<br />
Ringing current: 105-Vrms, 30-Hz sinusoidal ringing superimposed on<br />
-48 VDC<br />
REN: ≥ 4.0 per port<br />
Disconnect signal: 900 ms (T/R short for analog modems, G3 fax, etc.)<br />
Switchhook flash detection: 300–1200 ms<br />
Capacity: 16 ETR station ports including 6 with T/R functionality and 4 TTRs.<br />
First 10 ports are ETR ports only; remaining 6 ports can support either T/R or<br />
ETR, but not both simultaneously<br />
Power: -48V for ETR and -49V normal for T/R<br />
Ringing current: 20/25 Hz balanced trapezoidal ring signal<br />
REN: 2 per port<br />
Off-hook detection: ≥18mA, ≤30ma, ≥20 msec for T/R; massage control for<br />
ETR<br />
On-hook detection: ≤14mA for T/R; massage control for ETR<br />
T/R switchhook flash detection: 300-1200 ms<br />
Capacity: 16 digital station ports<br />
Signaling: BRI S/T protocol (two 64-kbps B channels, one 16-kbps D channel)<br />
on a passive bus<br />
Power: 48 VDC phantom power to telephone, 48 VDC over a separate pair<br />
(7–8) to an operator console with a DSS<br />
Loop range: 3000 feet (914 m), in-building or in-range out-of-building (with<br />
MLX IROB protectors) service only<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
73
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Control Unit Modules—Continued<br />
Module Trunk Type Extension Type<br />
100D 1 T1 or PRI T1 emulates 24 lines/trunks: loop-start,<br />
ground-start, tie, and Direct Inward Dial<br />
(DID; Hybrid/PBX mode only); can also<br />
supply subscriber services. In Release 4.0<br />
and later, T1 can also provide high-speed<br />
(56K) data communications and digitally<br />
emulated tie trunks for data<br />
communications. PRI supports subscriber<br />
services, allows high-speed digital data<br />
communications, and includes special<br />
features.<br />
400 LS 2 Loop-start<br />
and TTR<br />
1 PFT telephone<br />
400EM Tie trunk N/A<br />
400 GS/LS Loop-start or<br />
ground-start<br />
and TTR<br />
PFT telephone (button needed for<br />
ground-start PFT telephone)<br />
2<br />
408 (LS-ATL)<br />
Loop-start Analog multiline telephones; CMS; 1 PFT<br />
telephone<br />
408 GS/LS Loop-start or<br />
ground-start<br />
Analog multiline telephones; CMS; 1 PFT<br />
telephone with GS button<br />
1 For newer vintages of this module, firmware can be upgraded by using a<br />
PCMCIA card.<br />
2 Although this <strong>MERLIN</strong> ® II modules is supported, the following are<br />
recommended for the system: 400 GS/LS, 408 GS/LS, 408 GS/LS-MLX,<br />
800 GS/LS, and 800 GS/LS-ID.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
74
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Specifications<br />
Capacity: 24 channels (“virtual” lines/trunks) for voice and analog data or for<br />
digital data only (T1); or 23 B-channels for voice and data, and 1 channel used<br />
for signaling (PRI). Supports networking in Release 6.0 and later systems,<br />
Hybrid/PBX mode only.<br />
Mode: Multiplexes up to 24 channels into 1 facility and demultiplexes 1 facility<br />
into up to 24 channels.<br />
Speed: Up to 64 kbps<br />
Signaling: DS1 over 4-wire; Apparatus code earlier than 517M15, T1 uses<br />
robbed-bit or common-channel; apparatus code 517M15 and later, common<br />
channel is not an option for T1; PRI uses 23 B+D<br />
Capacity: 4 loop-start lines/trunks for 2-way analog voice/data<br />
communication, 4 TTRs<br />
Signaling: Loop-start<br />
Capacity: 4 analog tie trunks. Supports networking in Hybrid/PBX mode only<br />
Method of completion: Automatic start, immediate-start, wink-start, or<br />
delay-dial-start<br />
Signaling: E&M type 1S, type 1C, type 5<br />
Capacity: 4 ground-start and/or loop-start lines/trunks for 2-way analog voice/<br />
data communication, 4 TTRs<br />
Signaling: Loop-start or ground-start, optioned per port<br />
Capacity: 4 loop-start lines/trunks for 2-way analog voice/data<br />
communication, 8 extensions<br />
Extension signaling: Analog multiline telephone (40 kbps)<br />
Trunk signaling: Loop-start trunk, analog voice<br />
Loop range: 1000 feet (305 m), in-building or in-range out-of-building<br />
(with analog IROB protectors) only<br />
Capacity: 4 ground-start and/or loop-start lines/trunks for 2-way analog voice/<br />
data communication, 8 extensions<br />
Extension signaling: Analog multiline telephone (40 kbps)<br />
Trunk signaling: Loop-start or ground-start trunk (optional per port); voice<br />
Loop range: 1000 feet (305 m), in-building or in-range out-of-building<br />
(with analog IROB protectors) only<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
75
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Control Unit Modules—Continued<br />
Module Trunk Type Extension Type<br />
408 GS/LS-<br />
MLX 1<br />
Loop-start or 1 PFT telephone<br />
ground-start<br />
408 GS/LS-ID-<br />
MLX 1,2<br />
Loop-start or<br />
ground-start<br />
1 PFT telephone; Caller ID 3<br />
1 For Release 2.0 and later systems only.<br />
2 For newer vintages of this module, firmware can be upgraded by using a<br />
PCMCIA card.<br />
3 For Release 7.0 and later systems only.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
76
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Specifications<br />
Capacity: 4 ground-start and/or loop-start lines/trunks, 8 digital extension<br />
jacks for MLX extensions, including:<br />
■ MLX voice only<br />
■ MLX voice with Voice Announce to Busy<br />
■ MLX voice and MFM with T/R adjunct<br />
■ MLX voice and MFM with SSA<br />
■ ISDN terminal adapter only<br />
■ Access device for data communications between a PC on the system and<br />
a high-speed Internet connection, connection to remote node LAN access<br />
server, or ISDN router1 ■ CTI link 2<br />
■ Videoconferencing systems using one jack and 2B data feature or 2 jacks<br />
with ISDN terminal adapters (depending on video system) 1<br />
Extension signaling: BRI S/T protocol (two 64-kbps B channels, one<br />
16-kbps D-channel) on a passive bus<br />
Trunk signaling: Loop-start or ground-start trunk (optional per port), analog<br />
voice<br />
Loop range: 3000 feet (914 m), in-building or in-range out-of-building<br />
(with MLX IROB protectors) only<br />
Protocol: Requires calling name (R7.0 and later) and/or number identification<br />
service from central office<br />
Capacity: 4 ground-start and/or loop-start lines/trunks, 8 digital extension<br />
jacks for MLX extensions, including:<br />
■ MLX voice only<br />
■ MLX voice with Voice Announce to Busy<br />
■ MLX voice and MFM with T/R adjunct<br />
■ MLX voice and MFM with SSA<br />
■ ISDN terminal adapter only<br />
■ Access device for data communications between a PC on the system and<br />
a high-speed Internet connection, connection to remote node LAN access<br />
server, or ISDN router 1<br />
■ CTI link 2<br />
■ Videoconferencing systems using one jack and 2B data feature or 2 jacks<br />
with ISDN terminal adapters (depending on video system) 1<br />
Extension signaling: BRI S/T protocol (two 64-kbps B channels, one<br />
16-kbps D channel) on a passive bus<br />
Trunk signaling: Loop-start or ground-start trunk (optional per port), analog<br />
voice<br />
Loop range: 3000 feet (914 m), in-building or in-range out-of-building<br />
(with MLX IROB protectors) only. If adjuncts (MFM or DSS) are used, auxiliary<br />
power must be in place<br />
Protocol: Requires calling name (R7.0 and later) and/or number identification<br />
service from central office<br />
1 For Release 4.0 and later systems only.<br />
2 For Release 5.0 and later systems only.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
77
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Control Unit Modules—Continued<br />
Module Trunk Type Extension Type<br />
800 (LS) 1 Loop-start 2 PFT telephones<br />
800 DID Direct Inward<br />
Dialing<br />
and TTR<br />
800 GS/LS Loop-start or<br />
ground-start<br />
and TTR<br />
800 GS/LS-ID<br />
1,2 Loop-start or<br />
ground-start<br />
800 NI-BRI<br />
1 T1 NI-BRI<br />
interface<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong><br />
LEGEND Mail<br />
007 MLM 3<br />
N/A<br />
2 PFT telephones with GS button (if using<br />
GS lines/trunks)<br />
2 PFT telephones; Caller ID (loop-start<br />
trunks only), if you subscribe to caller<br />
identification from the local telephone<br />
company, displays the number of incoming<br />
callers, and in R7.0 and later, the name of<br />
incoming callers as well, on MLX, MLS, and<br />
ETR display telephones<br />
Voice, data, video, and other services at 64<br />
kbps over standard ISDN lines/trunks<br />
none Supports: <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Mail Voice<br />
Messaging <strong>System</strong>; resides on this module<br />
and the internal T/R jacks can be used only<br />
for this application<br />
1 Although this <strong>MERLIN</strong> ® II module is supported, the following are<br />
recommended for the system: 400 GS/LS, 408 GS/LS, 408 GS/LS-MLX,<br />
800 GS/LS, and 800 GS/LS-ID.<br />
2 For Release 3.0 and later systems only.<br />
3 The system software recognizes the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Mail VMS module<br />
as a 012 (T/R) module. Even though the module has a maximum of 7 T/R<br />
internal ports, including the modem jack, it uses 12 ports of capacity in any<br />
of its three configurations.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
78
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Specifications<br />
Capacity: 8 loop-start lines/trunks for 2-way analog voice/data<br />
communications, 2 PFT telephones<br />
Signaling: Loop-start<br />
Capacity: 8 lines/trunks, 2 TTRs<br />
Transmission: Incoming calls only; 2-way (1-pair) fixed impedance to DID<br />
trunks; no outgoing calls<br />
Signaling: Loop-reverse battery; wink-start or immediate-start; accepts touchtone<br />
dialing<br />
Capacity: 8 ground-start and/or loop-start lines/trunks<br />
Signaling: Loop-start or ground-start<br />
Capacity: 8 ground-start and/or loop-start lines/trunks; 2 TTRs<br />
Signaling: Loop-start or ground-start<br />
Protocol: Requires calling name (R7.0 and later) and/or number identification<br />
service from central office<br />
Capacity: 8 BRI facilities, each with 2 B-channels (“virtual” lines) for voice and<br />
data and 1 channel used for signaling<br />
Speed: Up to 64 kbps<br />
Signaling: ISDN Basic Rate 2B+D<br />
Capacity: 7 internal, system-defined T/R jacks; 2 TTRs; internal remote<br />
maintenance device; serial port for PC connection<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
79
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
\<br />
Adjunct Summary<br />
Equipment<br />
Type Specifications<br />
Alerts (AC) 1<br />
1 Cannot be connected to a QCC.<br />
2 Latest 012 T/R Module (517H13).<br />
Lucent<br />
Technologies<br />
Products<br />
■ Any audible or visual alert that External<br />
operates on 20–30 Hz ringing Ringer—Loud<br />
signals.<br />
External Ringer<br />
■ Associated with a specific extension<br />
(supplemental alert) or works on a<br />
programmed trunk port (external<br />
alert).<br />
Alerts (DC) ■ Any audible or visual alert that Alert bell<br />
operates on 48-VDC signals. Alert horn<br />
■ Associated with a specific extension Alert strobe<br />
(supplemental alert) or works on a Alert chime<br />
programmed trunk port (external Alert deluxe horn<br />
alert).<br />
Note: 48-VDC is supplied via the white/<br />
green pair on an MFM in SSA mode or<br />
an analog SSA device<br />
Alert switch<br />
Answer/<br />
record<br />
machine 1<br />
■ Industry-standard machine.<br />
■ Low ringer equivalence (less than<br />
0.15 or (4.0 2 total REN for T/R port.)<br />
■ Ability to recognize 600-ms<br />
disconnect signal or other means of<br />
automatic disconnect (such as voice<br />
reset disconnect timer, fixed<br />
recording time).<br />
Model 1300<br />
Answering<br />
Machine<br />
Model 1531<br />
Remote Answering<br />
<strong>System</strong> telephone<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
80
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Interface<br />
LS or<br />
GS/LS T/R MFM GPA SAA<br />
Line/<br />
Trunk<br />
Jack<br />
T/R<br />
Extension<br />
Jack 1<br />
MLX<br />
Extension<br />
Jack<br />
Analog<br />
Extension<br />
Jack<br />
✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Analog<br />
Extension<br />
Jack<br />
✓ ✓ ✓<br />
✓ ✓ ✓<br />
1 T/R jacks on an 012 (T/R) or 016 (T/R) module, or for Release 7.0 and later<br />
systems, jacks programmed for T/R operation on an 016 ETR module.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
81
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Adjunct Summary—Continued<br />
Equipment<br />
Type Specifications<br />
Cordless<br />
Telephone 1<br />
■ Must have touch-tone dialing<br />
capability when connected via<br />
MFM; rotary or touch-tone dialing<br />
can be used on T/R port.<br />
■ Single line.<br />
Credit Card<br />
Verification<br />
Terminal 1<br />
1 Cannot be connected to a QCC.<br />
■ Must have touch-tone dialing<br />
capability when connected via<br />
MFM; rotary or touch-tone dialing<br />
can be used on T/R port.<br />
Dial Dictation1 ■ A device that requires contact<br />
closure can be used on LS/GS line<br />
jack only with UPAM.<br />
Direct Station<br />
Selector<br />
Lucent<br />
Technologies<br />
Products<br />
5650 Cordless<br />
Telephone<br />
5481 Cordless<br />
Telephone<br />
5552 Cordless<br />
Telephone<br />
N/A<br />
N/A<br />
■ A maximum of 2 DSSs can be Direct Station<br />
connected to an operator console. Selector (DSS)<br />
■ A 329A power unit must be added to<br />
an operator console having 2 DSSs.<br />
■ Connects to DSS jack on operator<br />
console.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
82
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Interface<br />
LS or<br />
GS/LS T/R MFM GPA SAA<br />
Line/<br />
Trunk<br />
Jack<br />
T/R<br />
Extension<br />
Jack 1<br />
MLX<br />
Extension<br />
Jack<br />
Analog<br />
Extension<br />
Jack<br />
✓ ✓ ✓<br />
✓ ✓<br />
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Analog<br />
Extension<br />
Jack<br />
1 T/R jacks on an 012 (T/R) or 016 (T/R) module, or for Release 7.0 and later<br />
systems, jacks programmed for T/R operation on an 016 ETR module.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
83
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Adjunct Summary—Continued<br />
Equipment<br />
Type Specifications<br />
Fax 1<br />
■ Must have touch-tone dialing<br />
capability when connected via<br />
MFM; rotary or touch-tone dialing<br />
can be used on T/R port.<br />
■ Industry-standard analog interface.<br />
Group Calling<br />
Delay<br />
Announcement 1<br />
Hands-Free<br />
Unit<br />
Headset for<br />
analog multiline<br />
telephone<br />
■ Industry-standard announcement<br />
device.<br />
■ Must provide automatic disconnect.<br />
■ Each calling group can have its own<br />
announcement (maximum 32). For<br />
Release 5.0 and later systems,<br />
each calling group can have 10<br />
primary announcement devices and<br />
1 secondary announcement device.<br />
■ A device can provide delay<br />
announcement for more than one<br />
group.<br />
■ For use with analog multiline<br />
telephones.<br />
■ Connects directly to telephone.<br />
1 Cannot be connected to a QCC.<br />
Lucent<br />
Technologies<br />
Products<br />
Model 1330<br />
Answering<br />
Machine<br />
Digital<br />
Announcement<br />
Device, Model<br />
18A for single<br />
unit; Model 15A<br />
for 4-port unit<br />
502A<br />
N/A Starset<br />
Mirage<br />
Supra<br />
Supra NC<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
84
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Interface<br />
LS or<br />
GS/LS T/R MFM GPA SAA<br />
Line/<br />
Trunk<br />
Jack<br />
T/R<br />
Extension<br />
Jack 1<br />
✓<br />
(can also use<br />
008 OPT<br />
Extension<br />
Jack)<br />
MLX<br />
Extension<br />
Jack<br />
✓<br />
✓ ✓<br />
Analog<br />
Extension<br />
Jack<br />
Analog<br />
Extension<br />
Jack<br />
1 T/R jacks on an 012 (T/R) or 016 (T/R) module, or for Release 7.0 and later<br />
systems, jacks programmed for T/R operation on an 016 ETR module.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
85
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Adjunct Summary—Continued<br />
Equipment<br />
Lucent<br />
Technologies<br />
Type Specification<br />
Products<br />
Headset for MLX (N/A) Starset<br />
telephone<br />
Mirage<br />
Supra<br />
Supra NC<br />
Headset<br />
■ Connects directly to telephone<br />
Adapter<br />
OTHER jack.<br />
Loudspeaker ■ External paging system using PagePac Plus<br />
Paging<br />
DTMF signaling connected to LS Amplicenters D20,<br />
or GS line jack.<br />
D100, D300<br />
■ CPE paging systems require an PagePac Plus<br />
interface unit; if CPE has 2-wire Controller<br />
input, the PagePal interface PagePac 6<br />
(5335-700) can be used. PagePac 6 Plus<br />
Message<br />
■ For single-line telephones. Z34A (PEC 3 1032)<br />
Waiting<br />
Indicator<br />
■ Connects directly to telephone.<br />
Modem ■ If the modem supports touchtone<br />
dialing via the associated<br />
data terminal, the keyboard can<br />
be used for dialing.<br />
■ If the modem does not support<br />
touch-tone dialing, an associated<br />
basic (single-line) telephone can<br />
be used for dialing.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
86
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Interface<br />
LS or<br />
GS/LS T/R MFM GPA SAA<br />
Line/<br />
Trunk<br />
Jack<br />
✓<br />
T/R<br />
Extension<br />
Jack 1<br />
✓<br />
MLX<br />
Extension<br />
Jack<br />
Analog<br />
Extension<br />
Jack<br />
✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Analog<br />
Extension<br />
Jack<br />
1 T/R jacks on an 012 (T/R) or 016 (T/R) module, or for Release 7.0 and later<br />
systems, jacks programmed for T/R operation on an 016 ETR module.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
87
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Adjunct Summary—Continued<br />
Equipment<br />
Lucent<br />
Technologies<br />
Type Specifications<br />
Products<br />
Music-On-Hold 1 ■ Any FCC-registered 8-ohm music Magic On Hold<br />
source or recorded announcement<br />
device.<br />
Speakerphone ■ Connect directly to telephone. 203A<br />
■ For single-line telephones only. (PEC 3131-008)<br />
SMDR Printer ■ Connects to upper RS-232-C jack CAT Terminal<br />
on processor module.<br />
■ Must be located within 50 feet<br />
(15 m) of control unit or use ADU<br />
to extend distance.<br />
printers<br />
1 If you use equipment that rebroadcasts music or other copyrighted<br />
materials, you may be required to obtain a copyright license from and pay<br />
license fees to a third party, such as the American Society of Composers,<br />
Artists, and Producers (ASCAP) or Broadcast Music Incorporated (BMI). Or<br />
you can purchase a Magic on Hold system, which does not require you to<br />
obtain such a license, from Lucent Technologies or an authorized dealer.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
88
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Ordering Codes<br />
Interface<br />
LS or<br />
GS/LS T/R MFM GPA SAA<br />
Line/<br />
Trunk<br />
Jack<br />
✓ 2<br />
T/R<br />
Extension<br />
Jack 1<br />
✓<br />
MLX<br />
Extension<br />
Jack<br />
Analog<br />
Extension<br />
Jack<br />
Analog<br />
Extension<br />
Jack<br />
1 T/R jacks on an 012 (T/R) or 016 (T/R) module, or for Release 7.0 and later<br />
systems, jacks programmed for T/R operation on an 016 ETR module.<br />
2 Music Coupler required (PEC 61398).<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
89
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Power Supply Unit Load Requirements<br />
Power Supply Unit Load Requirements<br />
Unit Load Calculation Rules<br />
Mode<br />
Hybrid/PBX,<br />
Modified Key,<br />
or<br />
Behind Switch<br />
Square Key<br />
or<br />
Behind Switch<br />
Square Key<br />
or<br />
Behind Switch<br />
Installed<br />
Modules Calculation<br />
6 1<br />
4 or fewer 2<br />
Not required.<br />
Not required.<br />
5 or more Use the “Unit Load Rating of <strong>System</strong><br />
Modules” table and instructions below to<br />
determine the estimated unit loads (ULs):<br />
■ If the ULs < 96 and the 391C1power<br />
supply is used, or the ULs < 72 and the<br />
391A3 power supply is used, then no<br />
calculation is required. If a 391A1 or<br />
391A2 power supply is used and the<br />
ULs > 48, then replace the power<br />
supply with a 391C1 power supply.<br />
■ If ULs > 96, reconfigure the system so<br />
that the total ULs does not exceed 96<br />
per carrier.<br />
For more information on unit load<br />
calculation, refer to Appendix F of <strong>System</strong><br />
Planning.<br />
1 The 391A1 and 391A2 power supply units generally support 6 modules<br />
of any type in Hybrid/PBX mode. However, if all 6 carrier slots meet the<br />
following conditions, the unit load total may exceed 48:<br />
Only MLX or analog multiline station modules are installed.<br />
More than 45 MLX-20L or 34-button analog multiline telephones are<br />
installed.<br />
The 391C1 and 391A3 power supplies have maximum ratings of 96 and 72<br />
unit loads respectively. Use these power supplies in place of a 391A1 or<br />
391A2 on systems where unit loads will exceed 48.<br />
2 The 391A1 power supply unit generally supports 4 modules of any type in<br />
Square Key mode.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
90
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Power Supply Unit Load Requirements<br />
Power Supply Unit Load<br />
Requirements—Continued<br />
Unit Load Rating of <strong>System</strong> Modules<br />
Module Unit Load Module Unit Load<br />
008 12.0 408 GS/LS 12.0<br />
008 MLX 13.5 408 GS/LS-ID-MLX 12.0<br />
008 OPT 8.0 408 (LS) 12.0<br />
012 T/R 7.2 1 412 LS/ETR 18<br />
016 ETR 24 800 GS/LS 0.0<br />
016 T/R 12.8 800 GS/LS-ID 0.0<br />
100D (DS1) 0.0 800 (LS) 2<br />
0.0<br />
400 GS/LS/TTR 0.0 800 DID 8.0<br />
400 (LS) 2 0.0 800 NI-BRI 0.0<br />
400EM 8.0 Processor 0.0<br />
1 012 modules older than 517H13 may have a unit load up to 8.4.<br />
2 This is a <strong>MERLIN</strong> II loop-start-only module that can be used in the <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />
LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
91
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Power Supply Unit Load Requirements<br />
Power Supply Unit Load<br />
Requirements—Continued<br />
Unit Load Rating of <strong>System</strong> Trunks,<br />
Telephones, and Adjuncts<br />
Network Access Trunks 1 Unit Load<br />
DID 1.0<br />
DS1 0.0<br />
GS/LS 0.0<br />
Tie<br />
Telephones<br />
1.4<br />
MLX-5, MLX-5D .9<br />
MLX-10, MLX-10D, and MLX-10DP 1.2<br />
MLX-16DP 1.5<br />
MLX-28D 1.7<br />
MLX-20L 1.6<br />
BIS-10 1.1<br />
BIS-22 and BIS-22D 1.3<br />
BIS-34 and BIS-34D 1.5<br />
MLC-5 0.0<br />
MDC 9000 0.0<br />
MDW 9000 0.0<br />
5-Button 0.8<br />
10-Button Basic 1.1<br />
10-Button HFAI 1.2<br />
34-Button Basic 1.1<br />
34-Button DLX 1.7<br />
34-Button BIS 1.4<br />
34-Button BIS/DIS 1.4<br />
ETR-6 0.8<br />
ETR-18 0.9<br />
ETR-18D 1.0<br />
ETR-34D 1.0<br />
MLS-6 0.7<br />
MLS-12 0.8<br />
MLS-12D 0.8<br />
MLS-18D 0.8<br />
MLS-34D 0.9<br />
Single-line telephone 0.7<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
92
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Power Supply Unit Load Requirements<br />
Unit Load Rating of <strong>System</strong> Trunks,<br />
Telephones, and Adjuncts (Continued)<br />
Optional Equipment<br />
EICON board (CTI link interface in NetWare server) 0.0<br />
EICON DIVA 2.1or later board<br />
(CTI link interface in Windows NT platform) 0.0<br />
DSS console 2 0.9<br />
MFM3 1.3<br />
General Purpose Adapter 1.0<br />
Hands-Free Unit 1.0<br />
Headset adapter 1.0<br />
1 Unit loads are computed per trunk.<br />
2 Up to 2 DSS consoles (one DSS per MLX-28D or MLX-20L) can be powered<br />
from each control unit carrier. For example, a 3-carrier system can have 6<br />
system operator positions, each with one DSS powered from the control<br />
unit.<br />
3 The MFM is powered by an individual wall power unit located at the station.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
93
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Power Supply Unit Load Requirements<br />
<strong>System</strong> Feature Availability by Operating Mode<br />
Mode<br />
Feature PBX Key<br />
Behind<br />
Switch<br />
Account Code Entry ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Authorization Codes ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Automatic Maintenance Busy ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Automatic Route Selection ✓<br />
Callback ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Calling Restrictions ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Centralized Voice Messaging ✓<br />
Centrex Transfer via Remote Call<br />
Forwarding<br />
✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Coverage ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Coverage VMS Off ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
CTI Link ✓<br />
Delayed Ring interval ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Direct Inward Dialing ✓<br />
Direct-Line Console options ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Direct Voice Mail ✓ ✓<br />
Directory ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Extension Status ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Forced Account Code Entry ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Group Calling 1 ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Headset Status ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Hold disconnect ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Inside dial tone ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Labeling ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Language selection ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Loudspeaker Paging ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Microphone Disable ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Night Service ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Paging groups ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Park ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Pickup groups ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Pools (trunk groups) ✓<br />
Queued Call Console options ✓<br />
Recall interval ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
94
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Power Supply Unit Load Requirements<br />
<strong>System</strong> Feature Availability by Operating Mode—Continued<br />
Mode<br />
Feature PBX Key<br />
Behind<br />
Switch<br />
Reminder Cancel ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Remote Access ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Remote Call Forward ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Service Observing ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Station Message Detail Recording ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
<strong>System</strong> Numbering ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
<strong>System</strong> Restart ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
<strong>System</strong> Speed Dial ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Tandem Trunking ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Toll Type ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Touch-tone or rotary signaling ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Transfer options ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
Uniform Dial Plan (UDP) ✓<br />
Voice Announce ✓ ✓ ✓<br />
1 Non-local members may be assigned to calling groups in PBX mode only.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
95
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Telephone and Operator Console Features<br />
K Key mode<br />
P Hybrid/PBX mode<br />
B Behind Switch mode<br />
Telephone and Operator Console Features<br />
Feature<br />
Program<br />
Code<br />
Feature<br />
Code<br />
Account Code Entry *82 82 + code<br />
Alarm 1 *759<br />
Authorization Code *80 80 + code<br />
Auto Answer All *754<br />
Auto Answer Intercom *753<br />
Auto Dial<br />
Inside (ext., group, zone)<br />
Outside<br />
Automatic Line Selection<br />
Begin Sequence<br />
End Sequence<br />
Barge-ln 1,2<br />
Callback<br />
Automatic<br />
On<br />
Off<br />
Selective<br />
Cancel selective<br />
*22 + ext. no.<br />
*21 + tel. no.<br />
*14<br />
**14<br />
*58<br />
1 <strong>System</strong> operator feature only.<br />
2 Centralized telephone programming only.<br />
*12<br />
**12<br />
*55 55<br />
*55 (single-line sets only)<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
96
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Telephone and Operator Console Features<br />
MLX-5D, MLX-16DP,<br />
Single- MLX-5, Analog<br />
MLX-10D MLX-28D MLX-20L Line MLX-10 Multiline1 ETR MLS<br />
KPB KPB KPB KP KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
KPB KPB KPB<br />
KPB KPB KPB KP KPB KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB KPB<br />
KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
KPB KPB KPB KP KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
1 Includes the MDW 9000, MDC 9000, and MLC-5 telephones.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
97
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Telephone and Operator Console Features<br />
\Telephone and Operator Console Features—Continued<br />
Program<br />
Feature<br />
Feature<br />
Code<br />
Code<br />
Caller ID (name/number toggle)<br />
Call Waiting<br />
*763 763<br />
On<br />
*11<br />
Off<br />
**11<br />
Call Waiting Pickup<br />
87<br />
Camp-On *57 57<br />
Conference<br />
Contrast<br />
Coverage<br />
Receiver buttons<br />
*772 772<br />
Group<br />
*42 + ext. no.<br />
Primary<br />
*40 + ext. no.<br />
Secondary<br />
Sender buttons<br />
*41 + ext. no.<br />
Cover inside & outside calls<br />
Cover outside calls only<br />
Coverage Off<br />
Coverage VMS Off<br />
*48<br />
**48<br />
*49<br />
*46<br />
Data Status *83 + ext. no.<br />
Direct Voice Mail<br />
Directory<br />
*56 56 + ext. no.<br />
<strong>System</strong> Directory<br />
(system programming)<br />
Extension Directory<br />
(display only)<br />
Personal Directory<br />
(display only)<br />
Do Not Disturb *47<br />
Drop *773 773<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
98
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Telephone and Operator Console Features<br />
MLX-5D, MLX-16DP,<br />
Single- MLX-5, Analog<br />
MLX-10D MLX-28D MLX-20L Line MLX-10 Multiline1 ETR MLS<br />
KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
B B B B B KPB KPB<br />
KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
KPB KPB KPB<br />
KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
KP KP KP KP KP KP KPB KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
B B B B B KPB KPB<br />
1 Includes the MDW 9000, MDC 9000, and MLC-5 telephones.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
99
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Telephone and Operator Console Features<br />
Telephone and Operator Console Features—Continued<br />
Feature<br />
Extension Status<br />
Direct-Line Console1 Status Off<br />
Status 1<br />
Status 2<br />
Telephones<br />
(rooms or agents)<br />
Status Off<br />
Status 1<br />
Status 2<br />
1 <strong>System</strong> operator feature only.<br />
Program<br />
Code<br />
*760<br />
*761<br />
*762<br />
*45<br />
*44<br />
Feature button *20<br />
Forward and Follow Me<br />
Activate<br />
Forward (inside)<br />
Remote Call Forward<br />
Follow Me<br />
Cancel<br />
At originating extension<br />
At destination extension<br />
Cancel one<br />
Cancel all<br />
Group Calling<br />
In-Queue Alarm button<br />
Calling group supervisor<br />
Enter supervisor mode 1<br />
Exit supervisor mode 1<br />
Available (ES Status 2)<br />
Unavailable (ES Status Off)<br />
Calling group members<br />
Sign in (Available)<br />
Sign out (Unavailable)<br />
After-call work state (CMS only)<br />
*33<br />
*33<br />
*22 + calling<br />
group ext. no.<br />
*762<br />
*760<br />
*44<br />
*45<br />
Feature<br />
Code<br />
760 + DSS button<br />
761 + DSS button<br />
762 + DSS button<br />
*44<br />
45<br />
44<br />
33 + ext. no.<br />
33 + tot. no. + #<br />
34 + ext. no.<br />
33 + own ext. no.<br />
*34 + ext no.<br />
*34*<br />
32 + Hold<br />
32 + Drop<br />
762 + DSS button<br />
760 + DSS button<br />
44<br />
*44<br />
45<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
100
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Telephone and Operator Console Features<br />
MLX-5D, MLX-16DP,<br />
Single- MLX-5, Analog<br />
MLX-10D MLX-28D MLX-20L Line MLX-10 Multiline 1<br />
KPB KPB KPB<br />
1 Includes the MDW 9000, MDC 9000, and MLC-5 telephones.<br />
ETR MLS<br />
KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
KPB KPB KPB<br />
KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
101
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Telephone and Operator Console Features<br />
Telephone and Operator Console Features—Continued<br />
Program<br />
Feature<br />
Code<br />
Group Page Auto Dial button *22 + paging<br />
group ext. no.<br />
Headset Options<br />
Auto Answer<br />
Hang Up1 Mute (Headset/Handset)<br />
Status<br />
Hold<br />
Hold Release<br />
Intercom buttons<br />
Assign buttons 1<br />
ICOM (Default Ring)<br />
ICOM Originate Only<br />
Change button type<br />
Place Ring<br />
Place Voice<br />
Language<br />
English<br />
French<br />
Spanish<br />
*780<br />
*781<br />
*783<br />
*782<br />
*16<br />
*18<br />
**19<br />
*19<br />
Feature<br />
Code<br />
1 Centralized telephone programming only.<br />
2 Used to enter/exit Message operation mode. MLS and analog multiline<br />
telephones return to normal call handling after 15 seconds if the user has no<br />
messages. If an MLS or analog multiline telephone user has messages, the<br />
user must delete the messages or use the feature code or programmed<br />
button to exit Message operation. For ETR telephones, the feature code or<br />
programmed button must be used to exit Message operation mode<br />
regardless of whether the user has messages.<br />
3 Display telephones only. Programming and feature codes are used with<br />
analog multiline telephones only.<br />
771<br />
**<br />
790<br />
791<br />
792<br />
Last Number Dial *84 84<br />
Messaging<br />
Leave Message<br />
After calling<br />
Without calling<br />
Cancel message left<br />
Message LED off (for non-display<br />
telephones<br />
Message operation mode (for<br />
ETR, MLS and analog multiline<br />
display telephones) 2<br />
Posted Message<br />
Send/Remove Message 3<br />
*25<br />
*54<br />
*54<br />
*751<br />
*38<br />
25<br />
53 + ext. no.<br />
*53 + ext. no.<br />
54<br />
54<br />
38 + ext. no.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
102
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Telephone and Operator Console Features<br />
MLX-5D, MLX-16DP,<br />
Single- MLX-5, Analog<br />
MLX-10D MLX-28D MLX-20L Line MLX-10 Multiline 1<br />
ETR MLS<br />
KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
B<br />
B<br />
B<br />
B<br />
K B K B K B<br />
B<br />
B B<br />
K B<br />
K B<br />
1 Includes the MDW 9000, MDC 9000, and MLC-5 telephones.<br />
B<br />
B<br />
B<br />
B<br />
KPB<br />
B<br />
KPB<br />
B<br />
K B K B K B K B<br />
KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB KPB KPB K P KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
103
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Telephone and Operator Console Features<br />
Telephone and Operator Console Features—Continued<br />
Program<br />
Feature<br />
Feature<br />
Messaging (continued)<br />
Receiving messages<br />
Code<br />
Code<br />
Delete Message 1<br />
Next Message1 Return Call1 Scroll1 *26<br />
26<br />
*28<br />
*27<br />
*29<br />
28<br />
27<br />
29<br />
Night Service2 Notify<br />
*39 39<br />
Send<br />
*757 + ext. no.<br />
Receive<br />
*758 + ext. no.<br />
Park *86<br />
Park Zone Auto Dial2 *22 + Park Zone<br />
Personal Speed Dial # + (01-24) +<br />
*21 + tel no. + ##<br />
01-24<br />
Personalized Ringing<br />
Pickup<br />
*32 + ring (1–8)<br />
General use<br />
*9<br />
Specific extension<br />
*9 + ext. no.<br />
9 + ext. no.<br />
Specific line<br />
*9 + line no.<br />
9 + line no.<br />
Group<br />
*88<br />
88<br />
Position Busy2 Privacy<br />
*750<br />
On<br />
*31 31<br />
Off<br />
*31<br />
Recall *775 775<br />
1 Display telephones only. Programming and feature codes are used with<br />
analog multiline telephones only.<br />
2 <strong>System</strong> operator feature only.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
104
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Telephone and Operator Console Features<br />
MLX-5D, MLX-16DP,<br />
Single- MLX-5, Analog<br />
MLX-10D MLX-28D MLX-20L Line MLX-10 Multiline 1<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
1 Includes the MDW 9000, MDC 9000, and MLC-5 telephones.<br />
ETR MLS<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
KPB KPB KPB K P KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
KPB K P KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
KPB KPB KPB K P KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
P<br />
KPB KPB KPB K P KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
105
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Telephone and Operator Console Features<br />
Telephone and Operator Console Features—Continued<br />
Program<br />
Code<br />
Feature<br />
Code<br />
Feature<br />
Reminder Service<br />
Set 1<br />
*81 81 + time<br />
Operator Set2 81 + ext. no. + time 1<br />
Cancel **81 *81<br />
Operator Cancel 2 *81 + ext. no. 2<br />
Missed 2 *752<br />
Ringing/Idle Line<br />
Preference<br />
On<br />
Off<br />
Ringing Options<br />
Individual lines<br />
Immediate ring<br />
Delay ring<br />
No ring<br />
All lines<br />
Immediate Ring<br />
Delay Ring<br />
No Ring<br />
Abbreviated Ring<br />
On<br />
Off<br />
Send Ring (Shared SA)<br />
On<br />
Off<br />
*343<br />
*344<br />
*37<br />
*36<br />
*35<br />
*347<br />
*346<br />
*345<br />
*341<br />
*342<br />
*15<br />
**15<br />
1 English only: time is 12-hour (0100–1259 + 2(A) or 7(P). French and<br />
Spanish: time is 24-hour (0000–2359).<br />
2 <strong>System</strong> operator feature only.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
106
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Telephone and Operator Console Features<br />
MLX-5D, MLX-16DP,<br />
Single- MLX-5, Analog<br />
MLX-10D MLX-28D MLX-20L Line MLX-10 Multiline 1<br />
ETR MLS<br />
KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
KPB<br />
P<br />
KPB<br />
P<br />
KPB<br />
P P<br />
KPB<br />
1 Includes the MDW 9000, MDC 9000, and MLC-5 telephones.<br />
P<br />
KPB<br />
P<br />
KPB<br />
P<br />
KPB<br />
P<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
107
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Telephone and Operator Console Features<br />
Telephone and Operator Console Features—Continued<br />
Program<br />
Feature<br />
Feature<br />
Code<br />
Code<br />
Saved Number Dial *85<br />
Send/Remove Message1 *38 38 + ext. no.<br />
Service Observing 1,2<br />
*59 + ext. no.<br />
Signaling (manual) *23 + ext. no.<br />
<strong>System</strong> Access buttons 3<br />
Assign buttons<br />
SA (Default Ring)<br />
SA Originate Only<br />
Shared SA<br />
Change type<br />
(SA or Shared SA)<br />
Ring<br />
Voice<br />
*16<br />
*18<br />
*17 + primary ext. no.<br />
**19<br />
*19<br />
<strong>System</strong> Speed Dial *24 + code<br />
(600-729)<br />
600-729<br />
Transfer *774 774<br />
Voice Announce<br />
On<br />
Off<br />
VA on Idle Only<br />
(MLX telephones only)<br />
*10<br />
**10<br />
*130<br />
1 <strong>System</strong> operator feature only.<br />
2 MLX telephones only. Cannot be a QCC or CTI link.<br />
3 Centralized telephone programming only.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
108
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Telephone and Operator Console Features<br />
Analog<br />
MLX-5D, MLX-16DP,<br />
Single- MLX-5,<br />
MLX-10D MLX-28D MLX-20L Line MLX-10 Multiline 1<br />
ETR MLS<br />
KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
P P P<br />
P P P P<br />
1 Includes the MDW 9000, MDC 9000, and MLC-5 telephones.<br />
P<br />
P<br />
P<br />
KPB KPB KPB K P KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />
B B B B B KPB KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
KPB<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
109
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Document Number Title<br />
<strong>System</strong> Documents<br />
555-670-100 Customer Documentation Package1 555-670-110 Feature Reference<br />
555-670-111 <strong>System</strong> Programming<br />
555-670-112 <strong>System</strong> Planning<br />
555-670-113 <strong>System</strong> Planning Forms<br />
555-670-116 Pocket Reference<br />
555-670-119 <strong>System</strong> Manager’s Quick Reference<br />
555-661-150 Network Reference<br />
555-670-800 Customer Reference CD-ROM 2<br />
Telephone User Support<br />
555-660-120 Analog Multiline Telephones User’s Guide<br />
555-660-122 MLX Display Telephones User’s Guide<br />
555-660-124 MLX-5 and MLX-10 Nondisplay Telephones<br />
User’s Guide<br />
555-660-126 Single-Line Telephones User’s Guide<br />
555-660-138 MDC and MDW Telephones User’s Guide<br />
555-630-150 MLX-5D, MLX-10D and MLX-10DP<br />
Display Telephone Tray Cards (5 cards)<br />
555-630-151 MLX-5 and MLX-10 Nondisplay Telephone<br />
Tray Cards (6 cards)<br />
555-630-152 MLX-28D and MLX-20L Telephone Tray Cards<br />
(5 cards)<br />
555-630-155 MLX-16DP Display Telephone Tray Cards (5 cards)<br />
555-670-122 MLS/ETR Tray Cards<br />
<strong>System</strong> Operator Support<br />
555-660-132 Analog Direct-Line Consoles Operator’s Guide<br />
555-660-134 MLX Direct-Line Consoles Operator’s Guide<br />
555-660-136 MLX Queued Call Console Operator’s Guide<br />
Miscellaneous User Support<br />
555-661-130 Calling Group Supervisor and Service Observer<br />
User Guide<br />
555-650-105 Data and Video Reference<br />
Documentation for Qualified Technicians<br />
555-670-140ADD Installation, SPM, Maintenance and Troubleshooting<br />
Supplement<br />
Toll Fraud Security<br />
555-025-600 BCS Products Security Handbook<br />
Within the continental United States, these documents can be ordered from the<br />
Lucent Technologies Customer Information Center by calling 1-800-457-1235<br />
from within the continental United States, or 317-322-6791 from outside the<br />
United States.<br />
1 The <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Customer Documentation Package consists of the<br />
paper versions of the <strong>System</strong> Manager’s Quick Reference, the Feature<br />
Reference, and <strong>System</strong> Programming.<br />
2 The Customer Reference CD-ROM contains the <strong>System</strong> Manager’s Quick<br />
Reference, the Feature Reference, <strong>System</strong> Programming, and the Network<br />
Reference.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
110
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Maintenance Error Codes<br />
Error<br />
Code Description Action<br />
0001 TIMEOUT COLD START:<br />
<strong>System</strong> programming OK.<br />
0002 POWER UP WARM START:<br />
<strong>System</strong> programming OK.<br />
0003 SOFTWARE COLD START:<br />
<strong>System</strong> programming OK.<br />
0004 SOFTWARE WARM START:<br />
<strong>System</strong> programming OK.<br />
0005 Reset - DIAGNOSTIC<br />
SWITCH:<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
No action required; however, if<br />
problem persists, troubleshoot<br />
the processor.<br />
No action required; however, if<br />
problem persists, troubleshoot<br />
the processor.<br />
If problem persists, troubleshoot<br />
the processor.<br />
If problem persists, troubleshoot<br />
the processor.<br />
0006 INCOMPLETE COLD START: If problem persists, troubleshoot<br />
<strong>System</strong> cold-started while the processor.<br />
restart in progress.<br />
0007 SANITY TIMEOUT RESET:<br />
Faulty software, module, carrier,<br />
or processor sanity timer.<br />
0008 MAX RESET COUNT<br />
EXCEEDED:<br />
<strong>System</strong> cold-started because of<br />
too many warm starts.<br />
Check module and/or<br />
processor.<br />
If problem persists, troubleshoot<br />
the processor.<br />
0009 FRIGID START:<br />
If processor was removed while<br />
<strong>System</strong> restarted and initialized to in use, system may perform<br />
defaults; also logged after <strong>System</strong> frigid start because of loss of<br />
Erase.<br />
system programming. Restore<br />
system as described in <strong>System</strong><br />
Programming and Maintenance<br />
(SPM).<br />
000A POWER UP COLD START: If problem persists, check<br />
RAM failure in processor; system processor.<br />
programming OK.<br />
000B CARD<br />
INSERTED/REMOVED:<br />
None.<br />
000C SLOT STREAM CNT<br />
EXCEEDED:<br />
Slot generated excessive<br />
interrupts.<br />
000D FMWR NOT IN STANDBY<br />
MODE:<br />
Module firmware not in standby<br />
mode.<br />
If problem persists, check<br />
module.<br />
If problem persists, check<br />
module.<br />
000E COMMAND BUFFER FULL: If problem persists, check<br />
processor and module.<br />
000F TASK RUNNING TOO LONG None; if problem persists, check<br />
processor.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
111
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
Maintenance Error Codes—Continued<br />
Error<br />
Code Description Action<br />
0010 INVALID SLOT<br />
INTERRUPT:<br />
Cannot determine module<br />
responsible for interrupt.<br />
0011 STACK OVERFLOW:<br />
Processor problem.<br />
0012 INVALID RESET FLAG:<br />
Processor problem.<br />
0013 DUART STREAMING INT:<br />
Processor problem.<br />
0014 PROCESSOR ERR<br />
INTERRUPT:<br />
Processor problem.<br />
0015 MODULE MISMATCH:<br />
Module inserted into wrong slot.<br />
0016 POWER UP COLD START:<br />
Module dual port ram failure;<br />
system programming OK.<br />
Check modules and replace if<br />
necessary; if problem persists,<br />
check processor.<br />
Check processor.<br />
Check processor.<br />
Check processor.<br />
Check processor.<br />
Change system<br />
programming for proper module<br />
or install proper module.<br />
If problem persists, check<br />
module for slot indicated.<br />
0017 REAL TIME CLOCK FAULT: If problem persists, replace<br />
Date and/or time incorrect or processor module.<br />
unreadable.<br />
0018 RTC COLD START:<br />
This error is not displayed.<br />
0019 RESET TIME & DATE:<br />
<strong>System</strong> cold-starts because realtime<br />
clock chip is not working<br />
correctly.<br />
If problem persists, replace<br />
processor module.<br />
0401 ABK CARD NOT INSERTED: Insert a translation card or an<br />
PCMCIA memory card for unformatted card.<br />
translation is not inserted.<br />
0402 ABK INCORRECT CARD<br />
TYPE:<br />
PCMCIA memory card for nontranslation<br />
is inserted.<br />
0403 ABK CARD WRITE-<br />
PROTECTED:<br />
Translation card has writeprotected<br />
switch on.<br />
0404 ABK EXTENSION BUSY:<br />
A station is in program,<br />
administration, or maintenance<br />
mode.<br />
Remove current card and insert<br />
a translation card or an<br />
unformatted card.<br />
Turn write-protection switch to<br />
off. If problem persists, try<br />
another card. If still not working,<br />
replace processor module.<br />
Wait until station changes<br />
mode.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
112
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Maintenance Error Codes—Continued<br />
Error<br />
Code Description Action<br />
0405 ABK FAULTY CARD:<br />
Unknown cause of a bad card.<br />
0801<br />
and<br />
1C07<br />
and<br />
5801<br />
CTI LINK DELETED:<br />
A board renumber or slot restore<br />
moved the CTI link to an<br />
unacceptable port and the system<br />
has removed the link.<br />
0C01 NO I-VMS PORT IN SERV: None<br />
vms machine may be down.<br />
0C02 DID INTERDIGIT<br />
TIMEOUT:<br />
Noisy line or central office<br />
problem.<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
Reset card and retry. If problem<br />
persists, try another card. If still<br />
not working, replace processor<br />
module.<br />
Check that the following are<br />
true:<br />
■ The system is in Hybrid/<br />
PBX mode.<br />
■ The link is on an 008 MLX<br />
or 408 MLX board.<br />
■ The MLX board firmware<br />
vintage is not 29.<br />
■ The extension is not an<br />
operator position.<br />
■ An MLX telephone is not<br />
connected to that port.<br />
■ Board renumber has not<br />
moved the MLX extension<br />
to the system programming<br />
port.<br />
None; if problem persists, check<br />
DID line and inform Central<br />
Office, if necessary.<br />
0C03 ALL TTRs UNAVAILABLE: Check count and first and last<br />
<strong>System</strong> needed to use a TTR, but occurrences to determine if<br />
one was not available for any and error occurs too frequently. If so,<br />
all reasons including: in use, not check to see if you can add<br />
physically present, out of service. TTRs to the system.<br />
If prompt out of queue is active,<br />
shorten the delay<br />
announcement message length.<br />
If prompt out of queue feature<br />
and secondary<br />
announcement(s) are active,<br />
increase the interval between<br />
the announcements.<br />
If you reprogram the delay<br />
announcement device, recheck<br />
it to verify that the problem no<br />
longer exists.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
113
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
Maintenance Error Codes—Continued<br />
Error<br />
Code Description Action<br />
0C04 MWL Fac Timeout: Check the error log for additional<br />
Two consecutive messages to error codes. If the error log also<br />
update Message Waiting lights contains errors indicating problems<br />
have been sent across the private with the 100D and/or 400EM<br />
network for the same tandem trunk module, troubleshoot the 100D and/<br />
and have not been acknowledged. or the 400EM module (see Chapter<br />
When this happens three times, 4 of Maintenance and<br />
the error becomes permanent. The Troubleshooting).<br />
alarm remains in the log until a If the 100D and/or the 400EM<br />
message is acknowledged or five module are functioning properly,<br />
days pass.<br />
troubleshoot the trunks using<br />
instructions in Chapter 5 of<br />
Maintenance and Troubleshooting.<br />
0C05 MWL Delivery Delay: Check the error log for additional<br />
A message to update the Message error codes. If the error log also<br />
Waiting lights has exceeded the contains errors indicating problems<br />
time period for delivery. A transient with the 100D and/or 400EM<br />
alarm occurs after one minute, and module, troubleshoot the 100D and/<br />
a permanent alarm occurs after 15 or the 400EM module using<br />
minutes. The alarm remains in the instructions in Chapter 4 of<br />
error log until a message is Maintenance and Troubleshooting.<br />
delivered or five days pass. If the 100D and/or the 400EM<br />
module are functioning properly,<br />
troubleshoot the trunks using<br />
instructions in Chapter 5 of<br />
Maintenance and Troubleshooting.<br />
Check that the system receiving the<br />
message had enough TTRs to<br />
handle the volume of calls. Check<br />
the error log on the sending system<br />
and then on the receiving system.<br />
More facilities or TTRs may be<br />
needed.<br />
1C01 POOL M-BUSY EXCEEDS<br />
50%:<br />
more than half the trunks in pool<br />
are busy.<br />
Check trunk.<br />
1C02 DPR TEST NOT COMPLETED: Slot did not complete initializing.<br />
1C03 FW UPGRADE ATTEMPT: No action required.<br />
1C04 FW UPGRADE COMPLETE No action required.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
114
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Maintenance Error Codes—Continued<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
Error<br />
Code Description Action<br />
1C05 INVALID FMW 29<br />
Replace 008 or 408 MLX module<br />
with one of another firmware<br />
DETECTED:<br />
vintage. Retire permanent alarm<br />
Incompatibility problem; specified<br />
manually.<br />
video endpoint or UDM is<br />
connected to an 008 or 408 MLX<br />
module with firmware of vintage<br />
0x29.<br />
1C06 BAD BOARDS IN SYSTEM:<br />
At least one incompatibility<br />
problem of type HER 0x1C05<br />
detected. Turns on red LED on<br />
processor.<br />
1C07 See error code 0801<br />
2C01 T1 ACCESS VIOLATION:<br />
T1 services (channels-voice/<br />
data) programmed incorrectly.<br />
Replace 008 or 408 MLX module<br />
with one of another firmware<br />
vintage. Retire permanent alarm<br />
manually.<br />
Check facility provisioning and readminister<br />
channels for voice or<br />
data. Ensure that T1 data facilities<br />
are accessed from data terminals<br />
only (such as UDMs or desktop<br />
video systems) and that T1 voice<br />
facilities are accessed from<br />
telephones only (such as MLX<br />
telephones).<br />
2C02 Bearer Capability Verify that the ARS or UDP routing<br />
tables route a data call to a DS1<br />
Incompatibility:<br />
facility. Check the DS1 Type<br />
A 64 kbps clear-channel data call<br />
administration item for the specified<br />
was routed to a facility that does<br />
facility. If the programmed value is<br />
not have sufficient bandwidth to<br />
T1, the caller must initiate a 56 kbps<br />
handle the call.<br />
call. Check the DS1 Suppression<br />
administration item for the specified<br />
facility. If the programmed value is<br />
AMI-ZCS, the caller must initiate a<br />
56 kbps call.<br />
3001 ALARM TABLE FULL:<br />
error logs are full; turns on<br />
processor led.<br />
Correct indicated errors, and then<br />
remove entries from the transient<br />
system error log. If problem<br />
persists, cold-start the system.<br />
SysProgram→<strong>System</strong>→<br />
Restart<br />
4401 USER REQUESTED SYS If error remains in transient log,<br />
repeat <strong>System</strong> Erase. If problem<br />
ERASE:<br />
persists, check processor.<br />
Logged after <strong>System</strong> Erase. If<br />
<strong>System</strong> Erase is successful, this<br />
error is removed immediately.<br />
4402 USER REQST<br />
None.<br />
UPGRD/INSTALL:<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
115
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
Maintenance Error Codes—Continued<br />
Error<br />
Code Description Action<br />
4C01 POOL EMPTY:<br />
<strong>System</strong> needed to use a trunk in<br />
a pool but no trunks were<br />
physically present in the pool—<br />
i.e., all of the boards were<br />
removed from the system.<br />
4C02 POOL BUSY:<br />
<strong>System</strong> needed to use a trunk in<br />
a pool. Trunks are physically<br />
present; however, none are idle<br />
and available for use—i.e., they<br />
may be in use or out of service.<br />
Replace boards.<br />
4C03 POOL BUSY &/OR OOS:<br />
<strong>System</strong> needed to use a trunk in<br />
a pool. Trunks are physically<br />
present; some may be busy but<br />
some are idle. However, the idle<br />
trunks are not in service.<br />
5801 See error code 0801<br />
Restore if out of service.<br />
5802 Board Renumber<br />
Board renumber took place.<br />
6C01 DS1 LOSS OF SIGNAL<br />
ALARM:<br />
Service on link has been lost.<br />
If the system is functioning<br />
properly, simply remove the error<br />
from the Transient Error Log. If the<br />
system is not functioning properly,<br />
check the Transient Error Log to<br />
verify that a board renumber took<br />
place. Then compare the system’s<br />
previous configuration to the one<br />
after board renumbering to<br />
determine if the board renumber<br />
caused logical IDs to shift.<br />
Usually no action. Check T1<br />
facility. If problem persists, contact<br />
NSAC Tier III.<br />
6C02 DS1 BLUE ALARM: Usually no action. Check T1<br />
All 1s being received; service on facility. If problem persists, contact<br />
link has been lost.<br />
NSAC Tier III.<br />
6C03 DS1 RED ALARM:<br />
Invalid framing information on<br />
incoming signal; service on link<br />
has been lost.<br />
6C04 DS1 YELLOW ALARM:<br />
Far end of network interface has<br />
lost frame synchronization;<br />
service on link has been lost.<br />
6C05 DS1 LOSS OF<br />
MULTIFRAME:<br />
Service on link has been lost.<br />
Usually no action. Check T1<br />
facility. If problem persists, contact<br />
NSAC Tier III.<br />
Usually no action. Check T1<br />
facility. If problem persists, contact<br />
NSAC Tier III.<br />
Usually no action. Check T1<br />
facility. If problem persists, contact<br />
NSAC Tier III.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
116
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Maintenance Error Codes—Continued<br />
Error<br />
Code Description Action<br />
6C06 DS1 REMOTE MULTIFRAME:<br />
Far end of network interface is<br />
experiencing loss of multiframe;<br />
service on link has been lost.<br />
6C07 DS1 MAJOR ALARM:<br />
Average bit error rate exceeds<br />
10E-3; service on link has been<br />
lost.<br />
6C08 DS1 MINOR ALARM:<br />
Average bit error rate exceeds<br />
10E-6.<br />
6C09 DS1 MISFRAME ALARM:<br />
Misframe count reached 18.<br />
6C0A DS1 SLIP ALARM:<br />
Slip count reached 88.<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
Usually no action. Check T1<br />
facility. If problem persists,<br />
contact NSAC Tier III.<br />
Usually no action. Check T1<br />
facility. If problem persists,<br />
contact NSAC Tier III.<br />
Maintenance→Slot→<br />
Error Events→<br />
Current hr<br />
Usually no action. Check T1<br />
facility. If problem persists,<br />
contact NSAC Tier III.<br />
Maintenance→Slot→<br />
Error Events→<br />
Current hr<br />
Usually no action. Check T1<br />
facility. If problem persists,<br />
contact NSAC Tier III.<br />
Maintenance→Slot→<br />
Error Events→<br />
Current hr<br />
Usually no action. Check T1<br />
facility. If problem persists,<br />
contact NSAC Tier III.<br />
Maintenance→Slot→<br />
Error Events→<br />
Current hr<br />
6C0B HARDWARE INOPERATIVE: A Busy-Out/Restore or Reset/<br />
Hardware not operating properly. Restore may clear problem. If<br />
If this is the only 100D module or problem persists, contact NSAC<br />
800 NI-BRI module, or if this is the Tier III.<br />
designated clock module, its tdm<br />
bus clock generator was not<br />
activated.<br />
6C0C BRI LOSS OF SYNC:<br />
Service on link has been lost.<br />
Usually none; check BRI facility.<br />
If problem persists, contact<br />
NSAC Tier III.<br />
6C0D BRI SLIPS > 88:<br />
Usually none; check BRI facility.<br />
Slip count > 88. Service on link is If problem persists, contact<br />
still operative.<br />
NSAC Tier III.<br />
6C0E BRI NET REQUESTED<br />
CCRCs:<br />
Outgoing signal to the network<br />
does not have valid framing<br />
information. Service on link is still<br />
operative.<br />
Usually none; link should return<br />
to normal once test is<br />
completed. If problem persists,<br />
contact NSAC Tier III.<br />
6C0F BRI NET DEACTIVATE: Usually none; link should return<br />
Layer 1 of the link is down. Service to normal once test is<br />
on link has been lost.<br />
completed. If problem persists,<br />
contact NSAC Tier III.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
117
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
Maintenance Error Codes—Continued<br />
Error<br />
Code Description Action<br />
6C10 BRI NET INV 2B+D LB ACT: Usually none; link should return<br />
Service on link has been lost. to normal once test is<br />
completed. If problem persists,<br />
contact NSAC Tier III.<br />
6C11 BRI NET INV B1 LB ACT:<br />
Service on link has been lost.<br />
6C12 BRI NET INV B2 LB ACT:<br />
Service on link has been lost.<br />
6C13 BRI NET INV IL LB ACT:<br />
Service on link has been lost.<br />
6C14 BRI NET INV QM LB ACT:<br />
Service on link has been lost.<br />
Usually none; link should return<br />
to normal once test is<br />
completed. If problem persists,<br />
contact NSAC Tier III.<br />
Usually none; link should return<br />
to normal once test is<br />
completed. If problem persists,<br />
contact NSAC Tier III.<br />
Usually none; link should return<br />
to normal once test is<br />
completed. If problem persists,<br />
contact NSAC Tier III.<br />
Usually none; link should return<br />
to normal once test is<br />
completed. If problem persists,<br />
contact NSAC Tier III.<br />
7001 PRI SVC AUDIT TIMEOUT: Check PRI facility and report to<br />
service provider; otherwise, no<br />
action is needed. If problem<br />
persists, contact NSAC Tier III.<br />
7002 PRI SVC STATE<br />
INCONSIST:<br />
Check PRI facility and report to<br />
service provider; otherwise, no<br />
action is needed. If problem<br />
persists, contact NSAC Tier III.<br />
7003 PRI D-CHNL INOPERATIVE: Check PRI facility and report to<br />
service provider; otherwise, no<br />
action is needed. If problem<br />
persists, contact NSAC Tier III.<br />
7004 PRI B-CHNL NOT<br />
RELEASED:<br />
7005 PRI B-CH GROUP<br />
INCONSIST:<br />
7006 PRI PROTOCOL MISMATCH:<br />
A mismatch in the protocol being<br />
supplied versus the protocol<br />
expected by <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND.<br />
Check PRI facility and report to<br />
service provider; otherwise, no<br />
action is needed. If problem<br />
persists, contact NSAC Tier III.<br />
Check PRI facility and report to<br />
service provider; otherwise, no<br />
action is needed. If problem<br />
persists, contact NSAC Tier III.<br />
Inform the service provider to<br />
change the administration for<br />
this circuit. After the service<br />
provider restarts the circuit,<br />
verify that all alarms for this slot<br />
are cleared.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
118
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Maintenance Error Codes—Continued<br />
Error<br />
Code Description Action<br />
7401 TRK UPLINK MESSAGE<br />
ERROR:<br />
Communication problems<br />
between processor and modules;<br />
unrecognized message from<br />
module to processor.<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
Test trunk with single-line<br />
telephone. If problem is not in<br />
trunk, replace module with one<br />
known to work. If problem is not<br />
seen with known working<br />
module, replace module and<br />
restart.<br />
7402 LOOP CONTROL BIT NOT Test trunk with single-line<br />
telephone. If problem is not in<br />
SET:<br />
trunk, replace module with one<br />
No loop current on outgoing call. If<br />
known to work. If problem is not<br />
error occurs four times<br />
seen with known working<br />
consecutively, and if automatic<br />
module, replace module and<br />
maintenance-busy is enabled with<br />
restart.<br />
less than 50% maintenance busy,<br />
trunk is busied-out automatically.<br />
7403 NO LOOP CURRENT: Test trunk with single-line<br />
Communication problems telephone. If problem is not in<br />
between module and CO. No loop trunk, replace module with one<br />
current. If error occurs four times known to work. If problem is not<br />
consecutively, and if automatic seen with known working<br />
maintenance-busy is enabled with module, replace module and<br />
less than 50% maintenance busy, restart.<br />
trunk is busied-out automatically.<br />
7404 STUCK RINGING:<br />
Communication problems<br />
between module and CO. If error<br />
occurs two times consecutively,<br />
trunk is busied-out automatically<br />
whether or not automatic<br />
maintenance-busy is enabled.<br />
7801 NOT IN NORMAL OP MODE:<br />
Module not in normal operation<br />
mode; reported in background<br />
module check.<br />
7802 SANITY INT NOT<br />
GENERATED:<br />
Applies only to modules with<br />
extension jacks.<br />
7803 NO PORT BOARDS<br />
AVAILABLE:<br />
Modules not present.<br />
7804 INVALID SANITY<br />
RESPONSE:<br />
Sanity test received invalid<br />
responses; applies only to<br />
modules with extension jacks.<br />
Test trunk with single-line<br />
telephone. If problem is not in<br />
trunk, replace module with one<br />
known to work. If problem is not<br />
seen with known working<br />
module, replace module and<br />
restart.<br />
Reset board. If problem<br />
persists, check module.<br />
Maintenance→Slot→<br />
Slot Number→Reset<br />
Reset board. If problem<br />
persists, check module.<br />
None; delete entry from<br />
transient log.<br />
Reset board. If problem<br />
persists, check module.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
119
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
Maintenance Error Codes—Continued<br />
Error<br />
Code Description Action<br />
7805 INVALID SLOT NUMBER: None; if problem persists,<br />
Rare; software could not process restart system.<br />
an event detection because slot<br />
number was invalid.<br />
7806 NOT IN STANDBY MODE:<br />
Reported during cold start or<br />
background check.<br />
7807 SELF TEST NOT<br />
COMPLETED:<br />
Reported during cold start.<br />
7808 TEST RESULT REGISTER<br />
BAD:<br />
A module or processor error<br />
during test run.<br />
7809 TEST STATUS REGISTER<br />
BAD:<br />
A module or processor error<br />
during test run.<br />
780A DPR TEST NOT<br />
COMPLETED:<br />
Reported during cold start.<br />
780C RAM TEST FAILURE:<br />
Memory failed ram test; turns on<br />
processor led.<br />
780D UPPER ROM FAILURE:<br />
Memory failed rom test; turns on<br />
processor led.<br />
780E LOWER ROM FAILURE:<br />
Memory failed rom test; turns on<br />
processor LED.<br />
8001 UNEXPECTED ETR MESSAGE<br />
Indicates one of the following:<br />
■ An unsupported ETR<br />
telephone was connected.<br />
■ An ETR/MLS telephone is<br />
faulty.<br />
■ An ETR board is faulty.<br />
■ The software is showing the<br />
message in error.<br />
8401 MISCELLANEOUS ERROR:<br />
Not reported.<br />
Reset board. If problem<br />
persists, check module.<br />
Reset board. If problem<br />
persists, check module.<br />
Reset board. If problem<br />
persists, check module.<br />
Reset board. If problem<br />
persists, check module.<br />
If problem persists, check<br />
module.<br />
If problem persists, replace<br />
processor.<br />
If problem persists, replace<br />
processor.<br />
If problem persists, replace<br />
processor.<br />
If a single user is complaining<br />
about an ETR/MLS telephone<br />
not working properly, check to<br />
be sure the telephone is a<br />
supported model. If the ETR/<br />
MLS telephone is supported,<br />
replace the faulty telephone.<br />
If multiple ETR/MLS telephone<br />
users connected to the same<br />
ETR module are complaining<br />
that the telephones are not<br />
working properly, troubleshoot<br />
the module and replace it if<br />
necessary. If no users are<br />
complaining, simply clear the<br />
error.<br />
None.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
120
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Maintenance Error Codes—Continued<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
Error<br />
Code Description Action<br />
8402 WINK TOO SHORT:<br />
Check far end of network.<br />
Outbound dialing problems on tie Check for faulty cable. Replace<br />
trunks. Wink from the far end of module.<br />
network interface is less than 100<br />
ms, the minimum for delay-dial or<br />
wink-start tie trunks. Tie trunk<br />
waits for valid signal.<br />
8403 NO EXTERNAL RELEASE:<br />
Communication problems<br />
between module and CO. Far end<br />
has not disconnected within 4<br />
minutes. If error occurs twice<br />
consecutively, trunk is busied-out<br />
automatically whether or not<br />
automatic maintenance-busy is<br />
enabled.<br />
Check far end of network<br />
interface. Check for faulty cable.<br />
8404 ON HOOK BEFORE WINK:<br />
Outbound dialing problems on tie<br />
trunks. Far end of network<br />
interface went on-hook before<br />
handshake was completed (for<br />
delay-dial or wink-start tie trunk).<br />
If problem persists, check tie<br />
trunk configuration. Check far<br />
end. Check for faulty cable.<br />
Replace module.<br />
8405 ON HOOK BEFORE READY: Check far end of network<br />
Outbound dialing problems on tie interface. Check wink start and<br />
trunks. Far end of network for faulty cable. Check far end of<br />
interface went on-hook before network. Replace module.<br />
guard time elapsed (for delay-dial<br />
or wink-start tie trunk).<br />
8406 INTERDIGIT TOO SHORT:<br />
Inbound dialing problems on tie<br />
and DID trunks.<br />
Check far end of network<br />
interface. Check for faulty cable.<br />
Replace module.<br />
8407 BAD UPDATE:<br />
Turn processor off and then on.<br />
Communication problems Repeat system programming<br />
between processor and modules; procedure. If problem persists,<br />
module may need to be replaced. contact NSAC Tier III.<br />
8408 ROTARY RATE > 12PPS:<br />
Inbound dialing problems on tie<br />
and did trunks.<br />
8409 ROTARY RATE < 8PPS:<br />
Inbound dialing problems on tie<br />
and did trunks.<br />
Check far end of network<br />
interface. Check for faulty cable.<br />
Replace module.<br />
Check far end of network<br />
interface. Check for faulty cable.<br />
Replace module.<br />
840A BAD DOWNLINK MESSAGE: Turn processor off and then on.<br />
Communication problems Repeat system programming<br />
between processor and modules; procedure. If problem persists,<br />
module received an unrecognized replace module.<br />
message from processor.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
121
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
Maintenance Error Codes—Continued<br />
Error<br />
Code Description Action<br />
840B NO LOOP CURRENT: Replace module with similar<br />
Communication problems module and test. If problem is<br />
between module and CO; no loop resolved, replace bad module. If<br />
current. If error occurs four times problem persists, reinstall old<br />
consecutively and if automatic module and test trunk.<br />
maintenance-busy is enabled and<br />
maintenance-busy limit is less<br />
than 50%, trunk is busied-out<br />
automatically.<br />
840C STUCK RINGING:<br />
Replace module with similar<br />
Communication problems module and test. If problem is<br />
between module and CO; no loop resolved, replace bad module. If<br />
current. If error occurs four times problem persists, reinstall old<br />
consecutively and if automatic module and test trunk.<br />
maintenance-busy is enabled and<br />
maintenance-busy limit is less<br />
than 50%, trunk is busied-out<br />
automatically.<br />
840D INCORRECT FIRMWARE Turn power off for at least one<br />
second, and then turn it on.<br />
STATE:<br />
Repeat system programming<br />
If error occurs four times<br />
procedure. If problem persists,<br />
consecutively and if automatic<br />
replace module.<br />
maintenance-busy is enabled and<br />
maintenance-busy limit is less<br />
than 50%, trunk is busied-out<br />
automatically.<br />
840E UPLINK MESSAGE ERROR: Turn processor off and then on.<br />
Communication problems Repeat system programming<br />
between processor and modules. procedure. If problem persists,<br />
Module received unrecognized replace module.<br />
message from processor.<br />
840F LOST IDLE MESSAGE<br />
ERROR:<br />
Loop start trunk lost an idle<br />
message during glare timing.<br />
8C01 SLOTS NOT EQUAL:<br />
Module that occupies indicated<br />
slot does not match slot<br />
information contained in PC or<br />
PCMCIA card backup file.<br />
9801 MCARD WRITE ERROR:<br />
Write to memory card is<br />
unsuccessful or too slow.<br />
9802 MCARD ERASE ERROR:<br />
Erasure of memory card is<br />
unsuccessful or too slow.<br />
<strong>System</strong> has taken corrective<br />
action. If problem persists,<br />
contact NSAC Tier III.<br />
Check slot descriptions in<br />
backup file against actual<br />
system modules that occupy<br />
slots. After mismatch is<br />
corrected, restore.<br />
Reset card and try again. If<br />
problem persists, replace card<br />
and try again. If problem<br />
continues, replace processor<br />
module.<br />
Reset card and try again. If<br />
problem persists, replace card<br />
and try again. If problem<br />
continues, replace processor<br />
module.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
122
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Maintenance Error Codes—Continued<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
Error<br />
Code Description Action<br />
9803 MCARD 12-VOLT ERROR: Reset card and try again. If<br />
Memory card voltage is incorrect. problem persists, replace card<br />
and try again. If problem<br />
continues, replace processor<br />
module.<br />
9C01 NW REJECTS SPID:<br />
Service on link has been lost.<br />
9C03 LINK ESTABLISHMENT<br />
FAIL:<br />
Service on link has been lost.<br />
9C04 NW NOT RESPOND TO<br />
SETUP:<br />
Service on link has been lost.<br />
9C05 NW NOT RESPOND TO<br />
RELEASE:<br />
Service on link has been lost.<br />
9C07 ENDPOINT UNINIT<br />
(L2/L3):<br />
Service on link is uninitialized.<br />
9C08 PROTOCOL ERROR:<br />
Service on link may be affected.<br />
A401 CTI LINK BROADCAST<br />
RESET:<br />
Occurs during a broadcast reset.<br />
Check programmed line. Modify<br />
if required, or call Cental Office<br />
to correct.<br />
Check that line is securely<br />
connected to port and that LEDs<br />
on module show proper<br />
operation. If card appears to<br />
work properly, line may not have<br />
been activated by Central<br />
Office.<br />
Network not responding to<br />
LEGEND messages. Contact<br />
Central Office.<br />
Network not responding to<br />
LEGEND messages. Contact<br />
Central Office.<br />
If this lasts more than three<br />
minutes, replug the DSL. If the<br />
error remains, contact Central<br />
Office.<br />
Verify line provisioning. If<br />
correct, contact NSAC Tier III.<br />
If several of these occur:<br />
■ Check that the system is in<br />
Hybrid/PBX mode.<br />
■ Validate the wiring and the<br />
connections.<br />
■ Press the Restart Button<br />
(see the procedure<br />
“Restart” in Chapter 4 of<br />
Maintenance and<br />
Troubleshooting).<br />
■ Call the TSO’s Telephony<br />
Services Maintenance<br />
Group (800 242-2121) for<br />
procedures to unload and<br />
reload the PBX driver.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
123
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
Maintenance Error Codes—Continued<br />
Error<br />
Code Description Action<br />
A801 CTI LINK HIDDEN RESET: If several of these occur, and the<br />
Occurs during a hidden reset.<br />
client application has “slow”<br />
response time:<br />
■ Validate the wiring and the<br />
connections.<br />
■ Press the Restart Button<br />
(see the procedure<br />
“Restart” in Chapter 4 of<br />
Maintenance and<br />
Troubleshooting).<br />
■ Call the TSO’s Telephony<br />
Services Maintenance<br />
Group (800 242-2121) for<br />
procedures to unload and<br />
reload the PBX driver.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
124
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
NOTES<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
125
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
Module/Component History<br />
Module/<br />
Component<br />
Backplane<br />
PEC Comcode Apparatus Code<br />
Basic 106388614 403E<br />
107007114 403G<br />
Expansion 61490 106388630 403F<br />
Power Supply<br />
61450 107007122 403H<br />
120 V 105743801 391A1<br />
106257199 391A2<br />
107184848 391A3<br />
100 – 240 V 107793275 391C1<br />
220 V 106678931 391B1<br />
107184855 391B2<br />
Auxiliary<br />
Processor<br />
61416 406467142 90240-3<br />
R1.0/2.0 106215155 517A27<br />
Secure 107096869 517A27-F<br />
Hong Kong 107221434 517A27(16)<br />
Czech 107628133 517A27(34)<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
126
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Release<br />
Used In HW Vint FW Vint Notes<br />
All<br />
All<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
Used in control units<br />
6140-CU1, 6140-CU2, 6140-CU3,<br />
6140-INT, 6140-220, 6140-CUL,<br />
6140-P3C, 6140-P3D, 6140-P3E,<br />
6140-P4D, 6140-P4F and 6140-<br />
SEC<br />
Used in control units<br />
6140-C61, 6140-U61A, 6140-61C,<br />
6140-61D, 6140-61F, 6140-61G,<br />
6140-61I, 6140-61J,<br />
6140-P3E, and 6140-CU3<br />
All non-US<br />
Used in control unit<br />
6140-220 and in expansion units<br />
61450 and 61497<br />
All US No longer available<br />
1.0, 2.0, 1.1, 2.1,<br />
1.2i, 1.3i, 1.4i<br />
00 Used in control units<br />
6140-CU2, 6140-INT, 6140-INT,<br />
and 6140-220<br />
2.0, 2.1 05 For Federal <strong>System</strong>s; used in<br />
control unit<br />
6140-SEC<br />
1.2i, 1.3i, 1.4i 01 For Hong Kong<br />
1.2i, 1.3i, 1.4i For Czech Republic<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
127
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
Module/Component History—Continued<br />
Module/<br />
Component<br />
Processor (cont’d)<br />
PEC Comcode Apparatus Code<br />
R3.0 107040438 517A33<br />
107438921 517B33<br />
R3.1 107752693 517D33<br />
R4.0 107743403 517C33<br />
R6.0 108282765 517M33A<br />
R6.1 108282765 517M33A<br />
R7.0 108330531 517N33A<br />
Feature Module<br />
R1.0 106064660 517A25<br />
106656739 517B25<br />
106729031 517C25<br />
106767767 517C25B<br />
106743008 517D25<br />
106743016 517E25<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
128
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Release<br />
Used In HW Vint FW Vint Notes<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
3.0 01 ML R3.0 or later; no FM used; used in control<br />
units 6140-CU3, 6140-P3C, 6140-P3D,<br />
6140-P3E, 6141-U3LA, 6141-103A<br />
02 ML R3.0 or later; no FM used; higher<br />
temperature reliability; no watch point<br />
registers; used in control units 6140-CU3,<br />
6140-P3C, 6140-P3D, 6140-P3E, 6141-<br />
U3LA, 6141-103A<br />
3.1 02 Used in control units 6140-C31, 6140-P31C,<br />
6140-P31D, 6140-P31E, 6141-U3LA, 6141-<br />
103A<br />
4.0 02 Used in control units 6140-CU3, 6140-P3C,<br />
6140-P3D, 6140-P3E, 6141-U3LA, 6141-<br />
103A<br />
6.0 Used in control units 6140-CU6, 6140-P6C,<br />
6140-P6D,6140-P6F, 6140-P6G, 6140-P6I,<br />
6140-P6J, 6141-115A, 6141-116A<br />
6.1 Used in control units 6140-C61, 6140-61C,<br />
6140-61D, 6140-61F, 6140-61G, 6140-61I,<br />
6140-61J, 6141-U61A, 6141-UGLA<br />
7 Used in control unit 6140-CU7<br />
1.0 GA version<br />
1.0 SW1 = 1.0<br />
V14.7<br />
See QPPCN 244 MT.<br />
1.0 SW = 1.0<br />
V14.9<br />
1.0 SW = 1.0<br />
VEAL<br />
(14.10)<br />
1 SW = software.<br />
See QPPCNs 244MTS1 and 251MT.<br />
See QPPCN 254MT.<br />
1.1 GA version<br />
1.1 SW = 1.1<br />
V5.2<br />
See QPPCN 260MT.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
129
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
Module/Component History—Continued<br />
Module/<br />
Component<br />
Feature Module (cont’d)<br />
PEC Comcode<br />
Apparatus<br />
Code<br />
R1.1 106825888 517F25<br />
106999873 517F25B<br />
106999899 517F25C<br />
R2.0 106874738 517G25<br />
106874746 517H25<br />
R2.1 106874753 517J25<br />
107526352 517J25B<br />
NI-BRI (R2.B) 106999824 517K25<br />
107499170 517K25B<br />
R1.2i 106796949 517A30<br />
R1.3i 106875750 517B30(28)<br />
106875768 517C30<br />
R1.4i 107252728 517D30<br />
PCMCIA Card<br />
Backup/Restore 61501 107245243 10A1<br />
R3.0 SW Upgrade 107245250 10B1<br />
R3.0 Forced Install 107245268<br />
107655201<br />
10C1<br />
10C2<br />
R3.1 SW Upgrade 107752743 10B2<br />
R3.1 Forced Install 107752677 10C3<br />
R4.0 SW Upgrade 61506 107741274 10D1<br />
R4.0 Forced Install 107741241 10E1<br />
R6.0V11 Forced Install 108261652 10G2<br />
R6.1 Forced Install 108282484 10H1<br />
R7 Forced Install 108387929 10J1<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
130
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Release<br />
Used In HW Vint FW Vint Notes<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
1.1 SW = 1.1<br />
V5.3<br />
See QPPCN 266MT.<br />
1.1 SW = 1.1<br />
V7.3<br />
See QPPCN 292MT.<br />
1.1 SW = 1.1<br />
V7.7<br />
See QPPCN 308MT.<br />
2.0 SW = 2.0<br />
V8.2<br />
See QPPCN 279MT.<br />
2.0 SW = 2.0<br />
V8.3<br />
See QPPCN 290MT.<br />
2.1 SW = 4.0 See QPPCN 307MT.<br />
2.1 SW = 4.9 See QPPCN 406MT<br />
NI-BRI (2.B) SW = 9.2 Pre-GA<br />
NI-BRI (2.B)<br />
1.2i<br />
1.3i<br />
SW = 9.6 GA version<br />
1.3i SW = 8.0 GA version<br />
1.4i Included in 6141-INT and 6141-<br />
220<br />
3.0 and later Translation card for R3; also<br />
included as part of processor<br />
PEC<br />
3.0 Contains R3V10.3<br />
3.0 R3V10.0<br />
R3V10.3<br />
3.1 Contains R3.1V2.0<br />
3.1 Contains R3.1V2.0<br />
4.0 Contains R4.0V9.0<br />
4.0 Contains R4.0V9.0<br />
6.0 Contains R6.0V11<br />
6.1<br />
7.0<br />
Contains R6.1<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
131
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
Module/Component History—Continued<br />
Module/<br />
Component PEC Comcode<br />
Apparatus<br />
Code<br />
008 ATL 61385 103983508 517A3<br />
61485 105351092 517B3<br />
008 MLX 61486 105628010 517A21<br />
008 OPT<br />
107798183 517B21<br />
108333717 517C21<br />
Without Ring Generator 106387525 517A28<br />
61489<br />
106933187 517B28<br />
106980162 517C28<br />
107009821 517C28B<br />
With Ring Generator 106995269 517D28<br />
012 T/R<br />
61479<br />
Without Ring Generator 105249023<br />
105461545<br />
61387 or<br />
61487<br />
107321192 517D28A<br />
107731994 517E28<br />
517A13<br />
517B13<br />
105512412 517C13<br />
106397631 517D13<br />
106553779 517E13<br />
106767379 517F13<br />
With Ring Generator 106933773 517G13<br />
61494 or<br />
61459<br />
107108698 517G13(28)<br />
107438939 517H13<br />
Ring Generator 61388 105213201 129B<br />
61498 106741788 129C<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
132
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Release<br />
Used In<br />
HW<br />
Vint FW Vint Notes<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
All 0.1 0.B<br />
0.1 0.B Reduced package; no telephone user’s<br />
guide<br />
0.4 1.1<br />
0.4<br />
05<br />
1.3<br />
All 02 11<br />
03 12 Fixes ring patterns and ring trip<br />
03 14 Eliminates flash during hang-up<br />
03 15 Eliminates flash during answer<br />
All 04 16 Built-in ring generator<br />
05 16<br />
05 17<br />
05 18 Enhances ringing on long loops<br />
All 01<br />
01<br />
REN >5<br />
Enhanced battery feed protection<br />
01 08 Forward disconnect added; need for Voice<br />
Mail<br />
01 08 Improve performance of inductive ringers<br />
01 08 Meets EIA transmission standards for use<br />
with MEGACOM® services<br />
01 70<br />
All 02 32 Built-in ring generator; REN
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
Module/Component History—Continued<br />
Module/<br />
Component PEC Comcode<br />
Apparatus<br />
Code<br />
016 T/R 61507 107824948 517B34<br />
108333691 517D34<br />
016 ETR 61512A 108359571 517A56<br />
016 MLX 61511A 108333659 517A54<br />
100D (DS1)/T-1 61491 107538887 517A15<br />
105461560 517B15<br />
105512438 517C15<br />
517E15<br />
108044769 517M15<br />
400 EM TIE 61492 8303-<br />
200<br />
105311401 517A14<br />
108314261 517D14<br />
400 (w/TTRs) 61379 105408892 517B12<br />
400 GS/LS/TTR 61483 105627988 517A18<br />
105628044 517B18<br />
107044869 517C18<br />
400 LS 61384 103983490 517A2<br />
105351084 517B2<br />
400 LS/TTR<br />
Int’l (DTD)<br />
61452 106819238 517B12(28)<br />
107732018 517C12(28)<br />
408 GS/LS/ATL 61481 106064678 517A26<br />
106939366 517B26<br />
107044877 517C26<br />
408 GS/LS MLX 61493 106698590 517A29<br />
107044851 517B29<br />
408 GS/LS-ID-MLX 61505 108333733 517E29<br />
408 LS/ATL 61482 103983482 517A1<br />
105351076 517B1<br />
105512495 517C1<br />
800 NI-BRI 61503 107025793 517A32<br />
800 NI-BRI 61510 107731127 517A35<br />
108318494 517B35<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
134
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Release<br />
Used In<br />
HW<br />
Vint FW Vint Notes<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
4.0, 1.4i App Vintage 04 R4.0 and later<br />
7<br />
7<br />
All Tie trunk only<br />
LS, GS, DID, and PRI emulation added<br />
Meets BC interoperability specs<br />
Improved EMI performance<br />
All<br />
All 01 0.B Lightning protection added; starting in<br />
1996, replaced by 517C12(28)<br />
All U.S. 03 1.1<br />
03 1.2 Sleeping TTR fix<br />
1.2i, 1.3i, 1.4i<br />
03 1.3 Phantom ringback fix<br />
No lightning protection; 146 protector<br />
required<br />
Lightning protection added<br />
Includes LG80 crosstalk fix<br />
All U.S. 04 11<br />
04 12 Reduces clicking on third carrier<br />
04 13 Phantom ringback fix<br />
All US 2.0 or later<br />
App Vintage 24<br />
28 Cost-reduced version; current<br />
production<br />
29 Withdrawn from production<br />
7.0 and later App Vintage 27, R7.0 and later<br />
All 01 0.B No lightning protection; 146A protector<br />
required<br />
01 0.B Protection added<br />
01 0.B Reduced packing; no telephone user’s<br />
guide<br />
NI-BRI (2.B) 00 70 Supports 5ESS® Custom<br />
4.0 Supports ISDN 1 standard<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
135
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
Module/Component History—Continued<br />
Module/<br />
Component PEC Comcode<br />
Apparatus<br />
Code<br />
800 DID 61488 105628002 517A20<br />
105628077 517B20<br />
106936644 517C20<br />
106995251 517D20<br />
108318478 517G20<br />
800 GS/LS 61484A 105627996 517A19<br />
105628069 517B19<br />
800 GS/LS ICLID 61502 106975584 517A31<br />
108357609 517B31<br />
800 LS 61384 103983516 517A4<br />
105351100 517B4<br />
800 LS Int’l 61451 106819220 517B4(28)<br />
800 LS Int’l<br />
(DTD/PPM)<br />
61458 107074726 517C4(28)<br />
E1<br />
107252736 517D4(28)<br />
75 Ohm 61454 106825896 517C15(28)<br />
517E15(28)<br />
120 Ohm 61457 107100133 517D15(28)<br />
107533861 517F15(28)<br />
MFC 6-Channel 61456 106825904 517C16(28)<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
136
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
Release<br />
Used In HW Vint FW Vint Notes<br />
All 01 11<br />
02 01 Fixes DID call misrouting<br />
03 12 Eliminates false error messages<br />
04 17 Cost-reduced version<br />
All US 03 1.1 App Vintage 13. R3.0 and later<br />
3.0 or later<br />
03 1.2 Phantom ringback fix<br />
All 0.1 0.B No lightning protection; 146A<br />
protection required<br />
0.1 0.B Introduces dual solid-state relays<br />
on lower board<br />
1.2i, 1.3i 0.2 0.CD<br />
1.3i, 1.4i 02 E4<br />
1.3i, 1.4i<br />
1.3i, 1.4i<br />
1.3i, 1.4i<br />
PFT polarity fix<br />
EMI improvement<br />
EMI improvement<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
137
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
Telephone LEDs<br />
MLX-20L Console<br />
<strong>System</strong><br />
Programming<br />
LED Status<br />
Menu Green LED Red LED<br />
Option Option ON OFF ON OFF<br />
Lines Trunks Tie Lines<br />
Inmode Incoming tie Incoming tie<br />
line is touch- line is rotary<br />
tone<br />
dial 1<br />
Outmode Outgoing tie Outgoing tie<br />
line is touch- line is rotary<br />
tone<br />
dial 1<br />
Dialtone Remote dial<br />
tone1 Lines Trunks TT/LS<br />
Disc<br />
1 Factory setting<br />
Outmode Line/trunk is<br />
touch-tone 1<br />
Local dial<br />
tone<br />
Line/trunk is<br />
rotary dial<br />
Lines Trunks Pools Trunk is<br />
in pool<br />
Lines Trunks Toll Type Must dial 1 +<br />
area code 1<br />
Lines Trunks Hold<br />
Disconc<br />
Lines<br />
Trunks<br />
LS-ID<br />
Delay<br />
Extensions Lines<br />
Trunks<br />
Long—<br />
450 ms 1<br />
LS-ID Delay<br />
is on<br />
Line/trunk or<br />
pool is<br />
assigned<br />
to button<br />
1 + dialing is<br />
not needed<br />
Short—<br />
50 ms<br />
LS-ID Delay<br />
is off 1<br />
Line/trunk or<br />
pool is not<br />
assigned<br />
to button<br />
Trunk is<br />
assigned<br />
to a pool<br />
Trunk is<br />
not in<br />
pool<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
138
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Telephone LEDs—Continued<br />
DSS Console<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
<strong>System</strong><br />
Programming<br />
Menu Red LED Status<br />
Option Option ON OFF FLASHING<br />
Extensions Account<br />
(FACE)<br />
Forced Account<br />
Code Entry<br />
assigned<br />
Extensions BIS/HFAI Telephone has<br />
BIS/HFAI<br />
capability<br />
(factory setting<br />
for analog<br />
multiline<br />
telephone)<br />
Extensions Call<br />
Pickup<br />
Extensions VoiceSignl Voice Announce<br />
to busy<br />
assigned<br />
Extensions Ext<br />
status<br />
Extensions Group<br />
Page<br />
Extensions Group<br />
Cover<br />
Extensions Group Calling<br />
Members<br />
1 Factory setting<br />
Forced Account<br />
Code Entry not<br />
assigned 1<br />
Telephone is Telephone is not<br />
assigned to Call assigned to Call<br />
Pickup Group<br />
Pickup Group 1<br />
Voice Announce<br />
to Busy not<br />
assigned 1<br />
Extension Extension<br />
Status assigned Status not<br />
assigned<br />
Telephone is in<br />
group<br />
Telephone is not<br />
in group 1<br />
Telephone is in Telephone is not<br />
coverage group in coverage<br />
group 1<br />
Telephone is<br />
assigned to<br />
group<br />
Extensions Mic Disable Telephone<br />
microphone is<br />
disabled<br />
Extensions Remote Frwd Telephone can<br />
transfer calls to<br />
a remote<br />
telephone<br />
number<br />
Night<br />
Service<br />
Group Assign Telephone is in<br />
group<br />
Telephone is not<br />
assigned to<br />
group 1<br />
Telephone<br />
microphone is<br />
enabled<br />
Telephone<br />
cannot transfer<br />
calls to a remote<br />
telephone<br />
number 1<br />
Telephone is not<br />
in group 1<br />
Extension<br />
Status can be<br />
assigned<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
139
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
Telephone LEDs—Continued<br />
DSS Console—Continued<br />
<strong>System</strong><br />
Programming<br />
Menu Red LED Status<br />
Option Option ON OFF FLASHING<br />
Night<br />
Service<br />
Aux<br />
Equip<br />
Aux<br />
Equip<br />
Exclude List Telephone is<br />
excluded<br />
Msg Waiting Station is a fax<br />
messagewaiting<br />
station<br />
Fax Extension Extension is a<br />
fax machine<br />
Tables AllowTo Allowed List<br />
assigned to<br />
telephone<br />
Tables DisallowTo Disallowed list<br />
assigned to<br />
telephone<br />
1 Factory setting<br />
Telephone is<br />
not excluded 1<br />
Station is not a<br />
fax messagewaiting<br />
station<br />
Extension is not<br />
a fax machine<br />
Allowed List is<br />
not assigned to<br />
telephone 1<br />
Disallowed list<br />
is not assigned<br />
to telephone1 Data Voice/Data Voice/data pair Not voice/data<br />
pair 1<br />
Operator Direct Trunk<br />
Queued Call<br />
Operator<br />
position<br />
Operator Queued Call Message<br />
Message Center Center position<br />
Operator In Queue Alert Position<br />
receives<br />
In-Queue alert<br />
Call Types—<br />
Dial 0, LDN<br />
Unassigned,<br />
DID, Grp<br />
Coverage<br />
Position<br />
receives call<br />
type<br />
Other Can be<br />
assigned as<br />
operator<br />
position<br />
Other Can be<br />
assigned as<br />
Message<br />
Center<br />
Other Position can<br />
receive<br />
In-Queue<br />
alert<br />
Other Position can<br />
receive call<br />
type<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
140
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Wiring Constraints<br />
<strong>System</strong> Wiring<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
■ <strong>System</strong> within 5 feet of dedicated AC power outlet.<br />
■ <strong>System</strong> within 25 feet of the network interface.<br />
■ Telephones within 1000 cable feet (304.8 m) of all telephones<br />
except MLX telephones. MLX telephones within 3000 feet of<br />
control unit. IROBs if needed.<br />
■ Ground wire for the power supply cannot be over 10 feet.<br />
■ If the SMDR printer is over 50 feet from the control unit, use an<br />
Asynchronous Data unit (ADU).<br />
■ Back-to-back connection of the DS1 facility with another<br />
system’s facility is possible when the cable distance is less than<br />
1300 feet.<br />
■ Telephone Wiring.<br />
■ Maximum cord length from an MLX telephone to a ISDN data<br />
module is 80 feet (24 m).<br />
■ Total length of cords between the KS22911-L2 or 406743419<br />
power supply and the MLX telephone cannot be more than 50<br />
feet.<br />
■ Do not replace the 2-foot. D8AC cord (packaged with the DSS)<br />
with a longer cord.<br />
■ Radio base of the MDW 9000 cordless telephone must be at<br />
least 25 feet from the control unit.<br />
PC Connections<br />
To use the DOS SPM or WinSPM software, you must install the<br />
software using the directions packaged with the software. Also, your<br />
PC must be connected to the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>System</strong> directly via<br />
a serial port on your PC, or you must connect to the <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />
LEGEND internal modem using your PC’s modem:<br />
■ Direct Connection. A serial port on your PC is connected<br />
directly to the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>System</strong> programming jack—<br />
the lower modular RS-232 jack on the processor module.<br />
■ Internal Connection. You are using a modem (either<br />
connected to or built into your PC) that is connected to the<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>System</strong> (for example, via an 012 T/R or 016<br />
T/R module) to access the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND internal modem.<br />
■ External Connection. You are using a modem (either<br />
connected to or built into your PC) and using a dial-up<br />
connection to access the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND internal modem.<br />
The External Connection type requires use of the Remote<br />
Access feature to allow you to connect to the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND<br />
programming port without human intervention.<br />
■ Manual Connection. You are using a modem (either connected<br />
to or built into your PC) and using a dial-up connection to<br />
access the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND internal modem. The Manual<br />
Connection is used when you must reach <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND<br />
programming port by placing a call to the site and the person<br />
that answers transfers your call to the programming port.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
141
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
NOTE:<br />
If you are using WinSPM, follow the instructions packaged<br />
with the software.<br />
Direct Local Connection<br />
Follow these steps to access SPM when you are directly connected<br />
to the system via the administration jack on the processor module:<br />
1. Set up the physical connection between your laptop or PC and<br />
the control unit.<br />
2. Start SPM and press any key to display the SPM Main Menu.<br />
Local Modem Connection<br />
Follow these steps to access SPM when you are connected onsite<br />
via a modem:<br />
<br />
1. Set up the physical connections between the PC and a<br />
tip/ring port on a control unit module.<br />
<br />
2. Type spm and press or double-click the<br />
<br />
icon to display<br />
the SPM Welcome screen.<br />
3. Press to display a blank screen on which you can enter<br />
modem commands. (You may have to press several<br />
times.)<br />
4. Dial the commands required by your modem and dial *10.<br />
5. Type the SPM password to display the SPM Main Menu.<br />
Remote Modem Connection<br />
<br />
Follow these steps to access SPM when you connected offsite via a<br />
modem:<br />
<br />
1. Type spm and press to display the SPM<br />
<br />
Welcome<br />
screen.<br />
2. Press to display a blank screen on which you can enter<br />
modem commands. (You may have to press several<br />
times.)<br />
3. If your system has activated the Remote Access feature, type<br />
the following:<br />
a. The dial command required by your modem.<br />
b. Remote access telephone number.<br />
c. Barrier code (if existing) preceded by a “W.”<br />
d. W*10 (*10 is the extension for the programming port).<br />
4. If your system does not have the Remote Access feature<br />
activated, do the following:<br />
a. Place a voice call to the system on the line to which the<br />
modem is connected by using the main telephone number.<br />
b. Have the operator transfer you to the modem (by pressing<br />
Transfer, dialing *10, and hanging up the telephone).<br />
c. To put the modem online by typing the command required<br />
by your modem.<br />
d. Press , and hang up the telephone.<br />
5. Type the SPM password to display the SPM Main Menu.<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
142
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
When Calling NSAC<br />
Do the following before you call Tier III for troubleshooting:<br />
1. Check and recreate the problem.<br />
2. Connect your laptop or PC so you are ready.<br />
3. Know the software version of your system (Dial *05 on an ETR<br />
or MLX display telephone ICOM or SA button).<br />
4. Write down the errors in the Error Logs.<br />
5. Know the configuration of the system operator console (DLC or<br />
QCC).<br />
6. Know the type of tie lines (emulated or not, wink-start, etc.).<br />
QPPCNs on the NSAC Bulletin Board<br />
Follow these steps to review QPPCNs on the NSAC bulletin board:<br />
1. Dial 800-241-3375.<br />
2. At the first screen, select F for File Section.<br />
3. At the next screen, select N for Non-Tier III Tips.<br />
4. At the next screen, select 8 for QPPCNs.<br />
QPPCNs Online<br />
QPPCNs are available online at:<br />
http://www.bcs.com/tech_info/qppcn<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
143
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
Technical Addendum<br />
Technical Support Telephone Numbers<br />
Product or Service<br />
Lucent Technologies<br />
Equipment<br />
Comments<br />
Telephone<br />
Number<br />
NSAC Tech Support PARTNER, <strong>MERLIN</strong>,<br />
VINTAGE, CLASSIC<br />
800-552-3293<br />
TSC Tech Support DEFINITY 800-248-1234<br />
Network <strong>System</strong>s (RTAC) DACS, SLC, ESS, DDM 800-225-7822<br />
Network <strong>System</strong>s ISDN Sets (6500/7500) 800-225-4672<br />
Network Engineering Group <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND private<br />
networking<br />
888-297-4700<br />
AT&T Paradyne<br />
Long Distance<br />
Over Local Lines/Trunks<br />
CSU, DSU, MUX, Hubs,<br />
Routers<br />
800-237-0016<br />
AT&T 800-222-3000<br />
MCI 800-444-2222<br />
SPRINT<br />
T1 Service<br />
800-877-4646<br />
AT&T 800/MEGACOM/ISDN 800-222-1000<br />
AT&T Data 800-325-1230<br />
MCI 800-444-8722<br />
SPRINT 800-877-5045<br />
or 6277<br />
To identify your long<br />
distance carrier<br />
700-555-4141<br />
To identify the telephone #<br />
10732-1-404from<br />
which you are calling<br />
Other GBCS Support<br />
988-9664<br />
NSAC QPPCN<br />
Coordinator<br />
Small Business Products 303-843-5204<br />
TSC QPPCN Coordinator Large Business Products 800-248-1234<br />
BCS Publications<br />
Documentation on all BCS 800-457-1235<br />
Center<br />
products<br />
NSAC Bulletin Board On-line technical/product<br />
information<br />
800-241-3375<br />
TIER III TIPS publication Sue Williams<br />
Publication Manager<br />
303-843-5921<br />
Tech Quarterly publication Production Editor 303-850-8898<br />
Comcode Hotline PEC/Comcode/Part Cross-<br />
Reference<br />
800-654-5832<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
144
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
NOTES<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
145
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />
Reference Documents<br />
NOTES<br />
Issue 1<br />
April 1999<br />
146
Feedback Form<br />
ÃÃÃÃ<br />
Lucent Technologies welcomes your feedback on this document.<br />
Your comments can be of great value in helping us improve our documentation.<br />
Excellent Good Fair Poor<br />
Ease of Finding Information . . . . . . ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑<br />
Clarity . . . . . . ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑<br />
Completeness . . . . . .<br />
Accuracy . . . . . .<br />
Organization . . . . . .<br />
Appearance . . . . . .<br />
Examples . . . . . .<br />
Illustrations . . . . . .<br />
Overall Satisfaction . . . . . .<br />
Name: Telephone<br />
Number:<br />
( )<br />
Company/<br />
Organization<br />
Date:<br />
Address:<br />
<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />
Pocket Reference<br />
Issue 1, April 1999<br />
555-670-116, Comcode 108370305<br />
1. Please rate the effectiveness of this document in the following areas:<br />
2. Please check the ways you feel we could improve this document:<br />
❑ Improve the overview/introduction ❑ Make it more concise<br />
❑ Add more step-by-step procedures/tutorials ❑ Add more figures<br />
❑ Add more/better quick reference aids ❑ Add more examples<br />
❑ Add more troubleshooting information ❑ Add more details<br />
❑ Improve the table of contents<br />
❑ Improve the index<br />
❑ Improve the organization<br />
Please add details about your major concerns.<br />
❑ Make it less technical<br />
❑<br />
❑<br />
❑<br />
❑<br />
❑<br />
❑<br />
❑<br />
❑<br />
❑<br />
❑<br />
❑<br />
❑<br />
❑<br />
❑<br />
3. What did you like most about this document?<br />
4. Feel free to write any comments below or on an attached sheet.<br />
If we may contact you concerning your comments, please complete the following:<br />
❑<br />
❑<br />
❑<br />
❑<br />
❑<br />
❑<br />
❑<br />
❑<br />
❑<br />
❑<br />
❑<br />
❑<br />
❑<br />
❑<br />
You may FAX your response to 908-953-6912. Thank you.<br />
147